Huawei AT Command Interface Specification ME906s LTE Module (V100R001 01, English)

HUAWEI ME906s LTE Module AT Command Interface Specification-(V100R001_01, English)

2015-08-21

User Manual: Huawei

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 328 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

HUAWEI ME906s LTE M.2 Module
V100R001
AT Command Interface Specification
Issue
01
Date
2015-07-24
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2015. All rights reserved.
No part of this manual may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. and its affiliates ("Huawei").
The product described in this manual may include copyrighted software of Huawei and possible licensors.
Customers shall not in any manner reproduce, distribute, modify, decompile, disassemble, decrypt, extract,
reverse engineer, lease, assign, or sublicense the said software, unless such restrictions are prohibited by
applicable laws or such actions are approved by respective copyright holders.
Trademarks and Permissions
, , and are trademarks or registered trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
LTE is a trade mark of ETSI.
Other trademarks, product, service and company names mentioned may be the property of their respective
owners.
Notice
Some features of the product and its accessories described herein rely on the software installed, capacities
and settings of local network, and therefore may not be activated or may be limited by local network operators
or network service providers.
Thus, the descriptions herein may not exactly match the product or its accessories which you purchase.
Huawei reserves the right to change or modify any information or specifications contained in this manual
without prior notice and without any liability.
DISCLAIMER
ALL CONTENTS OF THIS MANUAL ARE PROVIDED “AS IS”. EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE
LAWS, NO WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE, ARE MADE IN RELATION TO THE ACCURACY, RELIABILITY OR CONTENTS OF THIS
MANUAL.
TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN NO EVENT SHALL HUAWEI BE
LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR LOSS OF
PROFITS, BUSINESS, REVENUE, DATA, GOODWILL SAVINGS OR ANTICIPATED SAVINGS
REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH LOSSES ARE FORSEEABLE OR NOT.
THE MAXIMUM LIABILITY (THIS LIMITATION SHALL NOT APPLY TO LIABILITY FOR PERSONAL
INJURY TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE LAW PROHIBITS SUCH A LIMITATION) OF HUAWEI ARISING
FROM THE USE OF THE PRODUCT DESCRIBED IN THIS MANUAL SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE
AMOUNT PAID BY CUSTOMERS FOR THE PURCHASE OF THIS PRODUCT.
Import and Export Regulations
Customers shall comply with all applicable export or import laws and regulations and be responsible to obtain
all necessary governmental permits and licenses in order to export, re-export or import the product mentioned
in this manual including the software and technical data therein.
Privacy Policy
To better understand how we protect your personal information, please see the privacy policy at
http://consumer.huawei.com/privacy-policy.
AT Command Interface Specification
About This Document
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3
About This Document
Revision History
Document
Version
Date
Chapter
Description
01
2015-07-24
Creation
AT Command Interface Specification
Contents
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
4
Contents
1 Introduction ............................................................................................................................ 26
1.1 Scope .......................................................................................................................................................26
1.2 Overview..................................................................................................................................................26
1.3 Document Conventions .............................................................................................................................26
1.4 AT Command Syntax ................................................................................................................................27
1.4.1 AT Command Description ................................................................................................................27
1.4.2 AT Command Types .........................................................................................................................28
1.4.3 AT Command Parameter ..................................................................................................................30
1.5 Abort Attributes of AT Commands ............................................................................................................30
1.6 Rules for Running AT Commands .............................................................................................................30
2 General Commands ............................................................................................................... 32
2.1 ATE-Echo Command ................................................................................................................................32
2.1.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................................32
2.1.2 Interface Description........................................................................................................................32
2.1.3 Parameter Description ......................................................................................................................32
2.1.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................................32
2.1.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................................33
2.2 ATV-Set the Response Format ...................................................................................................................33
2.2.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................................33
2.2.2 Interface Description........................................................................................................................33
2.2.3 Parameter Description ......................................................................................................................33
2.2.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................................34
2.2.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................................34
2.3 ATI-Request Identification ........................................................................................................................34
2.3.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................................34
2.3.2 Interface Description........................................................................................................................34
2.3.3 Parameter Description ......................................................................................................................34
2.3.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................................35
2.3.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................................35
2.4 AT+GCAP-Request Transmission Capacity Domain Identification ............................................................35
2.4.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................................35
2.4.2 Interface Description........................................................................................................................35
AT Command Interface Specification
Contents
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
5
2.4.3 Parameter Description ......................................................................................................................36
2.4.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................................36
2.4.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................................36
2.5 AT+CGMI/AT+GMI-Request Manufacturer Identification ........................................................................36
2.5.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................................36
2.5.2 Interface Description........................................................................................................................36
2.5.3 Parameter Description ......................................................................................................................36
2.5.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................................37
2.5.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................................37
2.6 AT+CGMM/AT+GMM-Request Model Identification ...............................................................................37
2.6.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................................37
2.6.2 Interface Description........................................................................................................................37
2.6.3 Parameter Description ......................................................................................................................38
2.6.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................................38
2.6.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................................38
2.7 AT+CGMR/AT+GMR-Request Software Version ......................................................................................38
2.7.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................................38
2.7.2 Interface Description........................................................................................................................38
2.7.3 Parameter Description ......................................................................................................................38
2.7.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................................39
2.7.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................................39
2.8 AT+CGSN/AT+GSN-Request Product Serial Number Identification ..........................................................39
2.8.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................................39
2.8.2 Interface Description........................................................................................................................39
2.8.3 Parameter Description ......................................................................................................................39
2.8.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................................40
2.8.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................................40
2.9 AT+CSCS-Select TE Character Set ...........................................................................................................40
2.9.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................................40
2.9.2 Interface Description........................................................................................................................41
2.9.3 Parameter Description ......................................................................................................................41
2.9.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................................41
2.9.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................................41
2.10 AT+CIMI-Request IMSI .........................................................................................................................42
2.10.1 Command Syntax...........................................................................................................................42
2.10.2 Interface Description ......................................................................................................................42
2.10.3 Parameter Description ....................................................................................................................42
2.10.4 Property Description ......................................................................................................................42
2.10.5 Example ........................................................................................................................................43
2.11 ATZ-Restore Factory Settings..................................................................................................................43
2.11.1 Command Syntax ...........................................................................................................................43
2.11.2 Interface Description ......................................................................................................................43
AT Command Interface Specification
Contents
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
6
2.11.3 Parameter Description ....................................................................................................................43
2.11.4 Property Description ......................................................................................................................43
2.11.5 Example ........................................................................................................................................44
2.12 AT+CMEE-Report Mobile Termination Error ..........................................................................................44
2.12.1 Command Syntax...........................................................................................................................44
2.12.2 Interface Description ......................................................................................................................44
2.12.3 Parameter Description ....................................................................................................................44
2.12.4 Property Description ......................................................................................................................45
2.12.5 Example ........................................................................................................................................45
3 Network Service Related Commands .................................................................................. 46
3.1 AT+COPS-Select Operator........................................................................................................................46
3.1.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................................46
3.1.2 Interface Description........................................................................................................................47
3.1.3 Parameter Description ......................................................................................................................47
3.1.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................................48
3.1.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................................48
3.2 AT+CREG-Register Network ....................................................................................................................49
3.2.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................................49
3.2.2 Interface Description........................................................................................................................50
3.2.3 Parameter Description ......................................................................................................................50
3.2.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................................51
3.2.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................................51
3.3 AT+CLCK-Facility Lock ..........................................................................................................................52
3.3.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................................52
3.3.2 Interface Description........................................................................................................................52
3.3.3 Parameter Description ......................................................................................................................52
3.3.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................................54
3.3.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................................54
3.4 AT+CPWD-Change Password ...................................................................................................................55
3.4.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................................55
3.4.2 Interface Description........................................................................................................................55
3.4.3 Parameter Description ......................................................................................................................55
3.4.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................................56
3.4.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................................56
3.5 AT+CUSD-USSD Command ....................................................................................................................57
3.5.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................................57
3.5.2 Interface Description........................................................................................................................57
3.5.3 Parameter Description ......................................................................................................................58
3.5.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................................59
3.5.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................................59
3.6 +CUSD-Unsolicitedly Report USSD of Network ......................................................................................60
AT Command Interface Specification
Contents
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
7
3.6.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................................60
3.6.2 Interface Description........................................................................................................................60
3.6.3 Parameter Description ......................................................................................................................60
3.6.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................................60
3.6.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................................60
3.7 AT+CNUM-Subscriber Number ................................................................................................................60
3.7.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................................60
3.7.2 Interface Description........................................................................................................................61
3.7.3 Parameter Description ......................................................................................................................61
3.7.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................................62
3.7.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................................62
3.8 AT+CGEQREQ-Set QoS Parrameters .......................................................................................................63
3.8.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................................63
3.8.2 Interface Description........................................................................................................................63
3.8.3 Parameter Description ......................................................................................................................64
3.8.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................................65
3.8.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................................65
3.9 AT+CGEQNEG-3G Negotiated QoS Profile .............................................................................................67
3.9.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................................67
3.9.2 Interface Description........................................................................................................................68
3.9.3 Parameter Description ......................................................................................................................68
3.9.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................................69
3.9.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................................69
3.10 AT+CGEQMIN-3G Quality of Service Profile (Minimum Acceptable) ....................................................70
3.10.1 Command Syntax...........................................................................................................................70
3.10.2 Interface Description ......................................................................................................................71
3.10.3 Parameter Description ....................................................................................................................71
3.10.4 Property Description ......................................................................................................................72
3.10.5 Example ........................................................................................................................................73
4 Mobile Termination Control and Status Commands ........................................................ 74
4.1 AT+CFUN-Set Operation Mode ................................................................................................................74
4.1.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................................74
4.1.2 Interface Description........................................................................................................................75
4.1.3 Parameter Description ......................................................................................................................75
4.1.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................................75
4.1.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................................75
4.2 AT+CPIN-Enter PIN .................................................................................................................................76
4.2.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................................76
4.2.2 Interface Description........................................................................................................................76
4.2.3 Parameter Description ......................................................................................................................77
4.2.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................................77
AT Command Interface Specification
Contents
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
8
4.2.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................................77
4.3 AT+CSQ-Signal Quality ...........................................................................................................................78
4.3.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................................78
4.3.2 Interface Description........................................................................................................................78
4.3.3 Parameter Description ......................................................................................................................79
4.3.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................................79
4.3.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................................79
4.4 AT+CPBS-Select Phonebook Memory Storage ..........................................................................................80
4.4.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................................80
4.4.2 Interface Description........................................................................................................................80
4.4.3 Parameter Description ......................................................................................................................80
4.4.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................................81
4.4.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................................81
4.5 AT+CPBR-Read Phonebook Entries..........................................................................................................82
4.5.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................................82
4.5.2 Interface Description........................................................................................................................82
4.5.3 Parameter Description ......................................................................................................................82
4.5.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................................83
4.5.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................................83
4.6 AT+CPBW-Write Phonebook Entry ..........................................................................................................83
4.6.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................................83
4.6.2 Interface Description........................................................................................................................84
4.6.3 Parameter Description ......................................................................................................................85
4.6.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................................85
4.6.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................................85
4.7 AT+CRSM-Restricted SIM Access ............................................................................................................86
4.7.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................................86
4.7.2 Interface Description........................................................................................................................86
4.7.3 Parameter Description ......................................................................................................................86
4.7.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................................87
4.7.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................................87
4.8 AT+CCLK-Return Current Time of the Module .........................................................................................88
4.8.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................................88
4.8.2 Interface Description........................................................................................................................88
4.8.3 Parameter Description ......................................................................................................................88
4.8.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................................88
4.8.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................................89
5 UMTS Packet Domain Commands ...................................................................................... 90
5.1 AT+CGDCONT-Define PDP Context ........................................................................................................90
5.1.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................................90
5.1.2 Interface Description........................................................................................................................91
AT Command Interface Specification
Contents
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9
5.1.3 Parameter Description ......................................................................................................................91
5.1.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................................93
5.1.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................................93
5.2 AT+CGACT-Activate or Deactivate PDP Context .....................................................................................95
5.2.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................................95
5.2.2 Interface Description........................................................................................................................95
5.2.3 Parameter Description ......................................................................................................................95
5.2.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................................96
5.2.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................................96
5.3 AT+CGATT-Attach or Detach PS Domain .................................................................................................97
5.3.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................................97
5.3.2 Interface Description........................................................................................................................97
5.3.3 Parameter Description ......................................................................................................................97
5.3.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................................98
5.3.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................................98
5.4 AT+CGREG-PS Domain Registration Status .............................................................................................98
5.4.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................................98
5.4.2 Interface Description........................................................................................................................99
5.4.3 Parameter Description ......................................................................................................................99
5.4.4 Property Description ...................................................................................................................... 101
5.4.5 Example ........................................................................................................................................ 101
5.5 AT+CGSMS-SMS Bearer Domain .......................................................................................................... 101
5.5.1 Command Syntax .......................................................................................................................... 101
5.5.2 Interface Description...................................................................................................................... 102
5.5.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................... 102
5.5.4 Property Description ...................................................................................................................... 102
5.5.5 Example ........................................................................................................................................ 102
5.6 AT+CGPADDR-Show PDP Address ....................................................................................................... 103
5.6.1 Command Syntax .......................................................................................................................... 103
5.6.2 Interface Description...................................................................................................................... 103
5.6.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................... 104
5.6.4 Property Description ...................................................................................................................... 104
5.6.5 Example ........................................................................................................................................ 104
6 Normal Commands for SMS .............................................................................................. 105
6.1 AT+CPMS-Preferred Message Storage .................................................................................................... 105
6.1.1 Command Syntax .......................................................................................................................... 105
6.1.2 Interface Description...................................................................................................................... 106
6.1.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................... 106
6.1.4 Property Description ...................................................................................................................... 107
6.1.5 Example ........................................................................................................................................ 107
6.2 AT+CMGF-Message Format ................................................................................................................... 107
AT Command Interface Specification
Contents
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10
6.2.1 Command Syntax .......................................................................................................................... 107
6.2.2 Interface Description...................................................................................................................... 108
6.2.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................... 108
6.2.4 Property Description ...................................................................................................................... 108
6.2.5 Example ........................................................................................................................................ 108
6.3 AT+CNMI-New Message Indications to TE ............................................................................................ 109
6.3.1 Command Syntax .......................................................................................................................... 109
6.3.2 Interface Description...................................................................................................................... 109
6.3.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................... 109
6.3.4 Property Description ...................................................................................................................... 113
6.3.5 Example ........................................................................................................................................ 113
6.4 AT+CNMA-New Message Acknowledgement (PDU Mode) .................................................................... 113
6.4.1 Command Syntax .......................................................................................................................... 113
6.4.2 Interface Description...................................................................................................................... 114
6.4.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................... 114
6.4.4 Property Description ...................................................................................................................... 118
6.4.5 Example ........................................................................................................................................ 118
6.5 +CMTI-New SMS-DELIVER Indication ................................................................................................ 119
6.5.1 Command Syntax .......................................................................................................................... 119
6.5.2 Interface Description...................................................................................................................... 119
6.5.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................... 119
6.5.4 Property Description ...................................................................................................................... 120
6.5.5 Example ........................................................................................................................................ 120
6.6 +CDSI-New SMS Status Report Indication ............................................................................................. 120
6.6.1 Command Syntax .......................................................................................................................... 120
6.6.2 Interface Description...................................................................................................................... 120
6.6.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................... 120
6.6.4 Property Description ...................................................................................................................... 120
6.6.5 Example ........................................................................................................................................ 121
6.7 AT+CMGD-Delete Message ................................................................................................................... 121
6.7.1 Command Syntax .......................................................................................................................... 121
6.7.2 Interface Description...................................................................................................................... 121
6.7.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................... 122
6.7.4 Property Description ...................................................................................................................... 122
6.7.5 Example ........................................................................................................................................ 122
7 SMS Service Interface (3GPP) ............................................................................................ 123
7.1 +CMT-New Message Directly Deliver Indication (PDU Mode) ............................................................... 123
7.1.1 Command Syntax .......................................................................................................................... 123
7.1.2 Interface Description...................................................................................................................... 123
7.1.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................... 123
7.1.4 Property Description ...................................................................................................................... 123
AT Command Interface Specification
Contents
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
11
7.1.5 Example ........................................................................................................................................ 124
7.2 +CDS-SMS Status Report Indication Directly Displayed (PDU Mode) .................................................... 124
7.2.1 Command Syntax .......................................................................................................................... 124
7.2.2 Interface Description...................................................................................................................... 124
7.2.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................... 124
7.2.4 Property Description ...................................................................................................................... 125
7.2.5 Example ........................................................................................................................................ 125
7.3 AT+CSCA-Service Center Address ......................................................................................................... 126
7.3.1 Command Syntax .......................................................................................................................... 126
7.3.2 Interface Description...................................................................................................................... 126
7.3.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................... 126
7.3.4 Property Description ...................................................................................................................... 127
7.3.5 Example ........................................................................................................................................ 127
7.4 AT+CSMS-Select Messaging Service ...................................................................................................... 127
7.4.1 Command Syntax .......................................................................................................................... 127
7.4.2 Interface Description...................................................................................................................... 128
7.4.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................... 128
7.4.4 Property Description ...................................................................................................................... 128
7.4.5 Example ........................................................................................................................................ 128
7.5 AT+CMGL-List Messages (PDU Mode) ................................................................................................. 129
7.5.1 Command Syntax .......................................................................................................................... 129
7.5.2 Interface Description...................................................................................................................... 129
7.5.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................... 129
7.5.4 Property Description ...................................................................................................................... 131
7.5.5 Example ........................................................................................................................................ 131
7.6 AT+CMGR-Read Message (PDU Mode) ................................................................................................. 131
7.6.1 Command Syntax .......................................................................................................................... 131
7.6.2 Interface Description...................................................................................................................... 132
7.6.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................... 132
7.6.4 Property Description ...................................................................................................................... 132
7.6.5 Example ........................................................................................................................................ 132
7.7 AT+CMGW-Write Message to Memory (PDU Mode) ............................................................................. 133
7.7.1 Command Syntax .......................................................................................................................... 133
7.7.2 Interface Description...................................................................................................................... 133
7.7.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................... 133
7.7.4 Property Description ...................................................................................................................... 134
7.7.5 Example ........................................................................................................................................ 134
7.8 AT+CMGS-Send Message (PDU Mode) ................................................................................................. 134
7.8.1 Command Syntax .......................................................................................................................... 134
7.8.2 Interface Description...................................................................................................................... 135
7.8.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................... 135
7.8.4 Property Description ...................................................................................................................... 142
AT Command Interface Specification
Contents
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
12
7.8.5 Example ........................................................................................................................................ 142
7.9 AT+CMSS-Send Message from Storage (PDU Mode) ............................................................................. 143
7.9.1 Command Syntax .......................................................................................................................... 143
7.9.2 Interface Description...................................................................................................................... 143
7.9.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................... 144
7.9.4 Property Description ...................................................................................................................... 144
7.9.5 Example ........................................................................................................................................ 144
8 Standard STK Interface Commands .................................................................................. 145
8.1 +CUSATP-Unsolicitedly Report a UICC Proactive Command ................................................................. 145
8.1.1 Command Syntax .......................................................................................................................... 145
8.1.2 Interface Description...................................................................................................................... 145
8.1.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................... 145
8.1.4 Property Description ...................................................................................................................... 145
8.1.5 Example ........................................................................................................................................ 145
8.2 AT+CUSATE-Send USAT Envelope ....................................................................................................... 146
8.2.1 Command Syntax .......................................................................................................................... 146
8.2.2 Interface Description...................................................................................................................... 146
8.2.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................... 146
8.2.4 Property Description ...................................................................................................................... 147
8.2.5 Example ........................................................................................................................................ 147
8.3 AT+CUSATT-Send USAT Terminal Response ......................................................................................... 147
8.3.1 Command Syntax .......................................................................................................................... 147
8.3.2 Interface Description...................................................................................................................... 148
8.3.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................... 148
8.3.4 Property Description ...................................................................................................................... 148
8.3.5 Example ........................................................................................................................................ 148
8.4 +CUSATEND-Unsolicitedly Report of Terminating a UICC Proactive Command Session ....................... 148
8.4.1 Command Syntax .......................................................................................................................... 148
8.4.2 Interface Description...................................................................................................................... 148
8.4.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................... 148
8.4.4 Property Description ...................................................................................................................... 149
8.4.5 Example ........................................................................................................................................ 149
9 Huawei Proprietary Interface: BodySAR Interface Description .................................... 150
9.1 AT^BODYSARON-Disable or Enable BodySAR .................................................................................... 150
9.1.1 Command Syntax .......................................................................................................................... 150
9.1.2 Interface Description...................................................................................................................... 150
9.1.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................... 151
9.1.4 Property Description ...................................................................................................................... 151
9.1.5 Example ........................................................................................................................................ 151
9.2 AT^BODYSARWCDMA-Set the Maximum Tx Power Limit of WCDMA .............................................. 151
9.2.1 Command Syntax .......................................................................................................................... 151
AT Command Interface Specification
Contents
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
13
9.2.2 Interface Description...................................................................................................................... 152
9.2.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................... 152
9.2.4 Property Description ...................................................................................................................... 153
9.2.5 Example ........................................................................................................................................ 153
9.3 AT^BODYSARGSM-Set the Maximum Tx Power Limit of GSM ........................................................... 153
9.3.1 Command Syntax .......................................................................................................................... 153
9.3.2 Interface Description...................................................................................................................... 154
9.3.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................... 155
9.3.4 Property Description ...................................................................................................................... 155
9.3.5 Example ........................................................................................................................................ 155
9.4 AT^BODYSARLTE-Set the Maximum Tx Power Limit of LTE .............................................................. 156
9.4.1 Command Syntax .......................................................................................................................... 156
9.4.2 Interface Description...................................................................................................................... 156
9.4.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................... 157
9.4.4 Property Description ...................................................................................................................... 159
9.4.5 Example ........................................................................................................................................ 159
10 Huawei Proprietary Interface: Mobile Termination Control and Status Interface ... 160
10.1 AT^CURC-Set Presentation of Unsolicited Results ................................................................................ 160
10.1.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 160
10.1.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 160
10.1.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 161
10.1.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 161
10.1.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 161
10.2 AT^WAKEUPCFG-Configure Module's Remote Wakeup Function by Host........................................... 162
10.2.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 162
10.2.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 162
10.2.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 162
10.2.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 163
10.2.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 164
10.3 AT^ICCID-Query the ICCID................................................................................................................. 164
10.3.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 164
10.3.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 164
10.3.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 165
10.3.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 165
10.3.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 165
10.4 AT^CPIN-Manage PIN ......................................................................................................................... 166
10.4.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 166
10.4.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 166
10.4.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 167
10.4.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 167
10.4.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 167
AT Command Interface Specification
Contents
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
14
10.5 AT^CARDMODE-Query SIM/USIM Card Type ................................................................................... 168
10.5.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 168
10.5.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 168
10.5.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 168
10.5.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 169
10.5.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 169
10.6 ^SIMRESET-Unsolicitedly Report SIM Reset Event ............................................................................. 169
10.6.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 169
10.6.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 169
10.6.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 169
10.6.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 170
10.6.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 170
10.7 AT^RFSWITCH-Set the Flight Mode .................................................................................................... 170
10.7.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 170
10.7.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 170
10.7.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 171
10.7.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 171
10.7.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 171
10.8 ^RFSWITCH-Unsolicitedly Report the RFSWITCH State ..................................................................... 172
10.8.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 172
10.8.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 172
10.8.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 172
10.8.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 172
10.8.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 172
10.9 AT^MSO-Shutdown Command ............................................................................................................. 173
10.9.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 173
10.9.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 173
10.9.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 173
10.9.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 173
10.9.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 173
10.10 AT^CPBR-Read the Phonebook .......................................................................................................... 174
10.10.1 Command Syntax ....................................................................................................................... 174
10.10.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................. 174
10.10.3 Parameter Description ................................................................................................................ 174
10.10.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................. 175
10.10.5 Example .................................................................................................................................... 175
10.11 AT^CARDLOCK-Card Lock Administration ....................................................................................... 176
10.11.1 Command Syntax ....................................................................................................................... 176
10.11.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................. 176
10.11.3 Parameter Description ................................................................................................................ 177
10.11.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................. 177
10.11.5 Example..................................................................................................................................... 177
AT Command Interface Specification
Contents
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
15
10.12 AT^CUSTNVCLR-Clear Customer Nonvolatile Value......................................................................... 178
10.12.1 Command Syntax ....................................................................................................................... 178
10.12.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................. 178
10.12.3 Parameter Description ................................................................................................................ 179
10.12.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................. 179
10.12.5 Example .................................................................................................................................... 179
10.13 AT^LEDCTRL-Control LED GPIO PIN ............................................................................................. 180
10.13.1 Command Syntax ....................................................................................................................... 180
10.13.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................. 180
10.13.3 Parameter Description ................................................................................................................ 180
10.13.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................. 182
10.13.5 Example .................................................................................................................................... 182
10.14 AT^SLEEPCFG-Configure Module's Sleep Function by Host .............................................................. 183
10.14.1 Command Syntax ....................................................................................................................... 183
10.14.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................. 183
10.14.3 Parameter Description ................................................................................................................ 184
10.14.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................. 184
10.14.5 Example .................................................................................................................................... 184
10.15 ^CPBREADY-Unsolicitedly Report CPB Ready.................................................................................. 185
10.15.1 Command Syntax ....................................................................................................................... 185
10.15.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................. 185
10.15.3 Parameter Description ................................................................................................................ 185
10.15.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................. 185
10.15.5 Example .................................................................................................................................... 185
10.16 AT^RESET-Reset the Module ............................................................................................................. 185
10.16.1 Command Syntax ....................................................................................................................... 185
10.16.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................. 186
10.16.3 Parameter Description ................................................................................................................ 186
10.16.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................. 186
10.16.5 Example .................................................................................................................................... 186
10.17 AT^HFDOR-Control the Fast DORmancy Mode ................................................................................. 186
10.17.1 Command Syntax ....................................................................................................................... 186
10.17.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................. 187
10.17.3 Parameter Description ................................................................................................................ 187
10.17.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................. 187
10.17.5 Example .................................................................................................................................... 187
10.18 AT^GLASTERR-Query the Latest Error Code for a Specific Function ................................................. 188
10.18.1 Command Syntax ....................................................................................................................... 188
10.18.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................. 189
10.18.3 Parameter Description ................................................................................................................ 189
10.18.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................. 189
10.18.5 Example .................................................................................................................................... 189
AT Command Interface Specification
Contents
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
16
11 Huawei Proprietary Interface: SMS Service Interface................................................... 190
11.1 ^SMMEMFULL-Message Memory Full ............................................................................................... 190
11.1.1 Command Syntax ......................................................................................................................... 190
11.1.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 190
11.1.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 190
11.1.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 190
11.1.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 191
12 Huawei Proprietary Interface: Network Service Interfaces .......................................... 192
12.1 AT^SYSINFOEX-Query Extended System Information ........................................................................ 192
12.1.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 192
12.1.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 192
12.1.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 192
12.1.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 195
12.1.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 195
12.2 AT^SYSCFGEX-Configure Extended System ....................................................................................... 196
12.2.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 196
12.2.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 196
12.2.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 196
12.2.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 200
12.2.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 200
12.3 AT^USSDMODE-Select USSD Mode ................................................................................................... 201
12.3.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 201
12.3.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 201
12.3.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 201
12.3.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 202
12.3.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 202
12.4 AT^EONS-Query the Service Provider Name and the EFSPN Information of the SIM Card ................... 202
12.4.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 202
12.4.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 203
12.4.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 203
12.4.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 205
12.4.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 205
12.5 AT^HCSQ-Query and Report Signal Strength........................................................................................ 206
12.5.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 206
12.5.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 207
12.5.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 207
12.5.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 210
12.5.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 210
12.6 ^SRVST-Service State Change Indication .............................................................................................. 210
12.6.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 210
12.6.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 210
AT Command Interface Specification
Contents
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
17
12.6.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 210
12.6.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 211
12.6.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 211
12.7 ^SIMST-SIM Card State Change Indication .......................................................................................... 211
12.7.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 211
12.7.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 212
12.7.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 212
12.7.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 212
12.7.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 212
12.8 AT^NWTIME-Query Presentation of Network System Time ................................................................. 213
12.8.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 213
12.8.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 213
12.8.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 213
12.8.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 213
12.8.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 213
12.9 ^NWTIME-Unsolicitedly Report Network System Time ....................................................................... 214
12.9.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 214
12.9.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 214
12.9.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 214
12.9.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 214
12.9.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 215
12.10 ^PDPSTATUS-Unsolicitedly Report Deactivation Reason ................................................................... 215
12.10.1 Command Syntax ....................................................................................................................... 215
12.10.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................. 215
12.10.3 Parameter Description ................................................................................................................ 215
12.10.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................. 215
12.10.5 Example .................................................................................................................................... 215
12.11 ^NWNAME-Unsolicitedly Report NITZ Operator Name ..................................................................... 216
12.11.1 Command Syntax ....................................................................................................................... 216
12.11.2 Interface Dscription .................................................................................................................... 216
12.11.3 Paramerter Description ............................................................................................................... 216
12.11.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................. 217
12.11.5 Example..................................................................................................................................... 217
13 Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS Service Interfaces ................................................. 218
13.1 AT^WPDOM-Set Positioning Operation Mode ...................................................................................... 218
13.1.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 218
13.1.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 218
13.1.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 219
13.1.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 219
13.1.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 219
13.2 AT^WPDST-Set Session Type ............................................................................................................... 220
AT Command Interface Specification
Contents
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
18
13.2.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 220
13.2.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 220
13.2.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 220
13.2.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 221
13.2.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 221
13.3 AT^WPDFR-Set Positioning Frequency ................................................................................................ 221
13.3.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 221
13.3.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 222
13.3.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 222
13.3.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 222
13.3.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 223
13.4 AT^WPDGL-Set GPS Session Lock ...................................................................................................... 223
13.4.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 223
13.4.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 224
13.4.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 224
13.4.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 224
13.4.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 224
13.5 AT^WPURL-Set AGPS Server Address and Port on the 3GPP Network ................................................. 225
13.5.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 225
13.5.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 225
13.5.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 226
13.5.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 226
13.5.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 226
13.6 AT^WPDIM-Delete Auxiliary Data ....................................................................................................... 226
13.6.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 226
13.6.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 226
13.6.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 227
13.6.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 227
13.6.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 227
13.7 AT^WPDGP-Start Positioning Session .................................................................................................. 227
13.7.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 227
13.7.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 228
13.7.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 228
13.7.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 228
13.7.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 228
13.8 AT^WPEND-Terminate Positioning Process .......................................................................................... 228
13.8.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 228
13.8.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 229
13.8.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 229
13.8.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 229
13.8.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 229
13.9 ^WNINV-Unsolicitedly Notify NI Positioning ...................................................................................... 229
AT Command Interface Specification
Contents
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
19
13.9.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 229
13.9.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 230
13.9.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 230
13.9.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 231
13.9.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 231
13.10 AT^WNICT-Set NI Response .............................................................................................................. 232
13.10.1 Command Syntax ....................................................................................................................... 232
13.10.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................. 232
13.10.3 Parameter Description ................................................................................................................ 232
13.10.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................. 232
13.10.5 Example .................................................................................................................................... 233
13.11 AT^WPCAP-Disable or Enable GNSS System .................................................................................... 233
13.11.1 Command Syntax ....................................................................................................................... 233
13.11.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................. 234
13.11.3 Parameter Description ................................................................................................................ 234
13.11.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................. 234
13.11.5 Example..................................................................................................................................... 234
13.12 AT^AGNSSCFG-Set an AGNSS System's Capabilities ........................................................................ 235
13.12.1 Command Syntax ....................................................................................................................... 235
13.12.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................. 235
13.12.3 Parameter Description ................................................................................................................ 236
13.12.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................. 236
13.12.5 Example .................................................................................................................................... 236
13.13 ^POSEND-Unsolicitedly Report Positioning End Information ............................................................. 237
13.13.1 Command Syntax ....................................................................................................................... 237
13.13.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................. 237
13.13.3 Parameter Description ................................................................................................................ 237
13.13.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................. 238
13.13.5 Example .................................................................................................................................... 238
13.14 AT^WPTLS-Set TLS Certificate ......................................................................................................... 238
13.14.1 Command Syntax ....................................................................................................................... 238
13.14.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................. 238
13.14.3 Parameter Description ................................................................................................................ 239
13.14.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................. 239
13.14.5 Example .................................................................................................................................... 239
13.15 AT^WPINFO-Get GNSS Engine Status ............................................................................................... 240
13.15.1 Command Syntax ....................................................................................................................... 240
13.15.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................. 240
13.15.3 Parameter Description ................................................................................................................ 240
13.15.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................. 240
13.15.5 Example .................................................................................................................................... 240
13.16 AT^NISMSFWD-Control the Report of SUPL NI Short Messages ....................................................... 241
AT Command Interface Specification
Contents
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
20
13.16.1 Command Syntax ....................................................................................................................... 241
13.16.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................. 241
13.16.3 Parameter Description ................................................................................................................ 241
13.16.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................. 242
13.16.5 Example .................................................................................................................................... 242
13.17 ^NISMSFWD-Unsolicitedly Report Short Messages with Specified Destination Port Numbers ............ 242
13.17.1 Command Syntax ....................................................................................................................... 242
13.17.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................. 242
13.17.3 Parameter Description ................................................................................................................ 242
13.17.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................. 242
13.17.5 Example .................................................................................................................................... 243
13.18 AT^LTOLOCK-Enable/Disable the LTO Feature ................................................................................. 243
13.18.1 Command Syntax ....................................................................................................................... 243
13.18.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................. 243
13.18.3 Parameter Description ................................................................................................................ 244
13.18.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................. 244
13.18.5 Example .................................................................................................................................... 244
13.19 AT^HWCUST-Enable Custom Hardware Function .............................................................................. 244
13.19.1 Command Syntax ....................................................................................................................... 244
13.19.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................. 245
13.19.3 Parameter Description ................................................................................................................ 245
13.19.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................. 245
13.19.5 Example .................................................................................................................................... 245
13.20 AT+XCELLINFO-Provide Cell Information ........................................................................................ 246
13.20.1 Command Syntax ....................................................................................................................... 246
13.20.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................. 247
13.20.3 Parameter Description ................................................................................................................ 247
13.20.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................. 249
13.20.5 Example .................................................................................................................................... 249
13.21 +XCELLINFO-Automatically Report Cell Information ....................................................................... 250
13.21.1 Command Syntax ....................................................................................................................... 250
13.21.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................. 250
13.21.3 Parameter Description ................................................................................................................ 250
13.21.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................. 250
13.21.5 Example .................................................................................................................................... 251
14 Huawei Proprietary Interface: STK Interface ................................................................. 252
14.1 AT^STSF-Configure STK ..................................................................................................................... 252
14.1.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 252
14.1.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 252
14.1.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 253
14.1.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 253
AT Command Interface Specification
Contents
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
21
14.1.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 253
14.2 AT^CUSATM-Query the Main Menu .................................................................................................... 254
14.2.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 254
14.2.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 254
14.2.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 254
14.2.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 254
14.2.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 254
15 Huawei Proprietary Interface: Tunable Antenna Interface .......................................... 256
15.1 AT^ANTENCFG-Set Tunable Antenna ................................................................................................. 256
15.1.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 256
15.1.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 256
15.1.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 257
15.1.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 260
15.1.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 260
16 Huawei Proprietary Interface: Main And AUX Switch Interface ................................ 261
16.1 AT^ANTMODE-Set Operation Mode of Main and AUX Antennas ........................................................ 261
16.1.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 261
16.1.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 261
16.1.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 262
16.1.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 262
16.1.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 262
17 Huawei Proprietary Interface: M.2 Interface .................................................................. 264
17.1 AT+XTSM-Set Thermal Sensor with the Threshold ............................................................................... 264
17.1.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 264
17.1.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 264
17.1.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 264
17.1.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 265
17.1.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 265
17.2 +XTS-Unsolicitedly Present of the Threshold Reached .......................................................................... 266
17.2.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 266
17.2.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 266
17.2.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 266
17.2.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 266
17.2.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 267
17.3 AT+XTAMR-Query the Current Temperature of a Thermal Sensor ........................................................ 267
17.3.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 267
17.3.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 267
17.3.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 267
17.3.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 267
17.3.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 268
17.4 AT+XADPCLKFREQINFO-Query Adaptive Clock Frequency Info ...................................................... 268
AT Command Interface Specification
Contents
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
22
17.4.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 268
17.4.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 268
17.4.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 269
17.4.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 269
17.4.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 269
17.5 +XADPCLKFREQINFO-Unsolicitedly Present of Adaptive Clock Frequency Info ............................... 270
17.5.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 270
17.5.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 270
17.5.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 270
17.5.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 270
17.5.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 270
18 Huawei Proprietary Interface: ECM Interfaces .............................................................. 271
18.1 AT^NDISDUP-NDIS-Based Dialing ..................................................................................................... 271
18.1.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 271
18.1.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 271
18.1.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 272
18.1.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 272
18.1.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 272
18.2 ^NDISSTAT-Unsolicitedly Report of Connection Status ........................................................................ 273
18.2.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 273
18.2.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 273
18.2.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 273
18.2.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 274
18.2.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 274
18.3 AT^NDISSTATQRY-Query the Connection Status ................................................................................. 274
18.3.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 274
18.3.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 275
18.3.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 275
18.3.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 276
18.3.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 276
18.4 AT^DHCPV6-Query DHCPV6 Information .......................................................................................... 276
18.4.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 276
18.4.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 277
18.4.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 277
18.4.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 277
18.4.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 277
18.5 AT^AUTHDATA-Set Username Password ............................................................................................ 278
18.5.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 278
18.5.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 279
18.5.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 279
18.5.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 279
AT Command Interface Specification
Contents
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
23
18.5.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 280
18.6 AT^DHCP-Query DHCP/IP .................................................................................................................. 280
18.6.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 280
18.6.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 280
18.6.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 281
18.6.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 281
18.6.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 281
18.7 AT^IPV6CAP-Query IPv6 Capability ................................................................................................... 281
18.7.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 281
18.7.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 282
18.7.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 282
18.7.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 282
18.7.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 282
19 Huawei Proprietary Interface: Temperature Protection ................................................ 283
19.1 AT^CHIPTEMP-Query the Temperature of the PA/SIM/Battery/Crystal Oscillator Command ................ 283
19.1.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 283
19.1.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 283
19.1.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 283
19.1.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 285
19.1.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 285
19.2 AT^THERMFUN-Enable or Disable the Temperature Protection Function Command ............................ 286
19.2.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 286
19.2.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 286
19.2.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 286
19.2.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 287
19.2.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 287
19.3 ^THERM-Thermal Protection Activated Unsolicited Report .................................................................. 287
19.3.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 287
19.3.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 287
19.3.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 288
19.3.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 288
19.3.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 288
20 Huawei Proprietary Interface: Power Config ................................................................. 289
20.1 AT^PWRCFG-Configure the Maximum Tx Power ................................................................................ 289
20.1.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 289
20.1.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 289
20.1.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 290
20.1.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 294
20.1.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 295
20.2 AT^PWRCFGON-Enable the Maximum Tx Power Configuration ......................................................... 296
20.2.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 296
AT Command Interface Specification
Contents
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
24
20.2.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 296
20.2.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 296
20.2.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 297
20.2.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 297
21 Huawei Proprietary Interface: Customer Production Line Tests Interface ................ 298
21.1 AT^TMODE-Set the Operating Mode ................................................................................................... 298
21.1.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 298
21.1.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 298
21.1.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 298
21.1.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 299
21.1.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 299
21.2 AT^FCHAN-Set Non-signaling Channels .............................................................................................. 299
21.2.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 299
21.2.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 300
21.2.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 300
21.2.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 303
21.2.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 303
21.3 AT^TSELRF-Select RF Channel ........................................................................................................... 303
21.3.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 303
21.3.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 303
21.3.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 303
21.3.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 304
21.3.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 304
21.4 AT^FRXON-Enable a Receiver in Non-signaling Mode ........................................................................ 305
21.4.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 305
21.4.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 305
21.4.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 305
21.4.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 305
21.4.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 305
21.5 AT^FLNA-Set the LNA Level of a Receiver .......................................................................................... 306
21.5.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 306
21.5.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 306
21.5.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 306
21.5.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 306
21.5.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 307
21.6 AT^FRSSI-Obtain the Current Channel RSSI ........................................................................................ 307
21.6.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 307
21.6.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 307
21.6.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 307
21.6.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 307
21.6.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 307
AT Command Interface Specification
Contents
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
25
21.7 AT^FWAVE-Set the Waveform in Non-signaling Mode ......................................................................... 308
21.7.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 308
21.7.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 308
21.7.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 308
21.7.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 308
21.7.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 308
21.8 AT^FTXON-Enable the Transmitter in Non-signaling Mode .................................................................. 309
21.8.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 309
21.8.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 309
21.8.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 309
21.8.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 309
21.8.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 309
21.9 AT^GNSSCNO-Request GPS CN0 ....................................................................................................... 310
21.9.1 Command Syntax......................................................................................................................... 310
21.9.2 Interface Description .................................................................................................................... 310
21.9.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................................. 310
21.9.4 Property Description .................................................................................................................... 310
21.9.5 Example ...................................................................................................................................... 310
22 Appendix ............................................................................................................................. 312
22.1 List of URC Commands ........................................................................................................................ 312
22.2 General CME Error List ........................................................................................................................ 315
22.3 CMS Error List ..................................................................................................................................... 319
22.4 Final Result Code ................................................................................................................................. 320
22.5 References ............................................................................................................................................ 320
22.6 Acronyms and Abbreviations ................................................................................................................ 322
AT Command Interface Specification
Introduction
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
26
1 Introduction
1.1 Scope
This document describes AT command interface specifications that is supported by Huawei
Mobile Broadband product ME906s module.
Please read the Release Notes released with the firmware before using ME906s module and
this document.
1.2 Overview
This document describes certain AT commands (implemented by terminal devices) of
international standards, such as 3GPP and ITU-T, according to the requirements of terminal
devices. In addition, this document describes the Huawei proprietary AT command interfaces
that are implemented by terminal devices. These Huawei proprietary AT command interfaces
help implement a certain function.
This document does not describe the interfaces that have been defined by standards or
implemented by the MT but are not required by the Huawei terminal product. The description
of AT command interfaces covers only the data packets of interfaces, the methods and
processes for the TE and the MT to use interfaces, excluding the contents that are not directly
related to interfaces. In addition, this document describes only the AT command interfaces
falling within the range of Rm interfaces between the TE and MT, excluding the AT command
interfaces falling within the range of Um interfaces between the MT and IWF.
AT commands are communication command protocols between TEs and MTs. If a new MT is
to interconnect with an existing TE implemented based on this AT specification, the MT must
comply with the specification. For example, to interconnect with the unified background of an
existing PC, a new module must comply with this specification. A PC application or tool must
comply with this specification to interconnect with existing terminal devices. If a TE or MT
does not communicate by using AT commands, this specification does not apply.
1.3 Document Conventions
Throughout the document, the module is referred to as ME, MS, TA or DCE. To control your
module you can simply send AT Commands via its serial interface. The controlling device at
AT Command Interface Specification
Introduction
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
27
the other end of the serial line is referred to as TE, DTE or plainly "the application" (probably
running on an embedded system).
Section "Property Description" of each command marks the property of each AT command.
Where, N means No, Y means Yes and NA means Not Applicable.
For example:
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
Y
The settings are described as follows:
- Parameter settings in the command are not saved after the MT is powered off.
- This command is controlled by PINs.
1.4 AT Command Syntax
1.4.1 AT Command Description
An AT command controls the rules for interaction between the TE such as PC and MT such as
MS. Figure 1-1 shows the interaction between the TE and MT.
Figure 1-1 Interaction between the TE and MT
TE MT
USER&APPLICATIONS NETWORK
AT cmds
Result codes
Information text
Network messages
Figure 1-2 shows the basic organization format of the AT command line.
AT Command Interface Specification
Introduction
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
28
Figure 1-2 Basic organization format of the AT command line
AT CMD1 CMD2=12; +CMD1; +CMD2=,,15; +CMD2?; +CMD2=?<CR>
command line prefix
subparameters
extended commands are
delimited with semicolon
read command and for checking
current subparameter values
command line
termination charater
basic command
(no + prefix) extended command
(prefixed with +)
subparameters
may be omitted test command for checking
possible subparameter values
The returned value of the AT command consists of two parts: response message and result
codes. Figure 1-3 shows an example of returned value of the AT command.
Figure 1-3 An example of returned value of the AT command
<CR><LF>+CMD2: 3,0,15,"GSM"<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>+CMD2: (0-3),(0,1),(0-12,15),("GSM","IRA")<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
information response to +CMD2=?
information response to +CMD2?
also string type subparameters possible
final result code
shows acceptable ranges of each subparameter
For the errors returned by all AT commands in this document, <CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
may be returned except errors defined by the AT command. Therefore, the error of
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF> will not be described in every command.
1.4.2 AT Command Types
Table 1-1 Types of AT commands
AT command
type
Sub-type
Syntax
Function
AT Command Interface Specification
Introduction
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
29
AT command
type
Sub-type
Syntax
Function
General command
Set command
- Contains one parameter:
AT<name>[=<value>]
- Contains multiple
parameters:
AT<name>=[<compound_v
alue>]
A set command is executed to set
parameters.
Execution
command
- Contains no parameter:
AT<name>
- Contains one parameter:
AT<name>[=<value>]
- Contains multiple
parameters:
AT<name>[=<compound_v
alue>]
An execution command performs a
specific action in addition to
interacting with the local parameters
of the MS.
Read command
AT<name>?
A read command is executed to read
the current value of each parameter
related to the command.
Test command
AT<name>=?
A test command is executed to
return the available value range of
each parameter supported by the
command.
Basic command
Basic
command
AT<command>[<number>]
In the command format,
<command> indicates a single letter
(A-Z) or the & symbol plus a single
letter.
In the command format, <number>
indicates a decimal number with one
digit or multiple digits. The digit 0 at
the start of <number> can be
ignored.
S register
command
Read command
ATS<parameter number>?
Returns the ASCII code of
characters currently saved in the S
register. The ASCII code is
expressed by a 3-digit decimal
number. The digit 0 is added in the
front of the number in case of
insufficient digits.
Set command
ATS<parameter
number>=<value>
Replaces the characters saved in the
S register with the characters related
to the value of <value>.
AT Command Interface Specification
Introduction
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
30
1.4.3 AT Command Parameter
You are not advised to use various parameter values that are not described in this document or
not supported currently as described in this document.
The AT command parameters described in the following chapters are in two formats: <> and
[], which are described as follows:
<...>:
The parameter inside these angle brackets is mandatory. The <> does not exist
in a command.
[...]:
The parameter inside these square brackets is optional. The [] does not exist in a
command or a response.
<CR>:
Carriage return character, which value is specified with command S3.
<LF>:
Line feed character, which value is specified with command S4.
According to the AT command specifications for GSM and WCDMA in 3GPP TS 27.007,
there is a component named TA between TE and MT. Physically, TA can be integrated with
either TE or MT. In this document, TA is integrated with MT. In TIA/EIA IS 707-A, TA is not
specified. To simplify the description in this document, TA is ignored. The client on a
computer is treated as TE, and MT is treated as TA+MT.
If all parameters are not specified, "=" is not required.
1.5 Abort Attributes of AT Commands
Some action commands that require time to execute may be aborted while in progress.
Aborting of commands is accomplished by the transmission from the DTE to the DCE of any
character. A single character shall be sufficient to abort the command in progress; however,
characters transmitted during the first 400 milliseconds after transmission of the termination
character shall be ignored (to allow for the DTE to append additional control characters such
as line feed after the command line termination character). To insure that the aborting
character is recognized by the DCE, it should be sent at the same rate as the preceding
command line; the DCE may ignore characters sent at other rates. When such an aborting
event is recognized by the DCE, it shall terminate the command in progress and return an
appropriate result code to the DTE, as specified for the particular command.
The following commands can be aborted.
AT+CLCK
AT+COPS=?
1.6 Rules for Running AT Commands
- Each interface should be functionally convergent.
AT Command Interface Specification
Introduction
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
31
- Each command line contains only one AT command and ends with a carriage return
character. For the URC instruction or response reported from MT to TE, only one AT
command is allowed in a command line. In principle, users are not allowed to run S3/S4
format modification commands. This rule is applicable to the communication between
the MT and TE programs.
- For an AT command that cannot be interrupted, after sending the AT command, the TE
must wait until the MT responds to the AT command before sending the second AT
command.
- For the AT command to which the response is given only after a long time, in order to
prevent interference on other events, it is recommended to report the final execution
result asynchronously. If the ME responds to the TE only after a long time of waiting,
the response of command may be interrupted by URC. There are two kinds of
interruption:
− Case 1: A URC is presented when the TE is waiting for response after sending a
command. This command will be kept in waiting state until the TE finishes receiving
the URC, and then the response to this command is presented.
− Case 2: A URC is presented when the TE is waiting for response after sending a
command. The command continues to be executed. Therefore, response to the
command may be mixed with the URC.
- A string refers to a byte stream (excluding the quotation marks or commas) that is placed
inside double quotation marks. Special note should be specified if the byte stream need
not be enclosed in double quotation marks.
- The current version does not support escape character. The code value of a data format in
the UCS2 coding is reported as characters. For example, if the UCS2 code of a Chinese
character is 0x553a, the 553a is reported.
- A possible response sent by the MT to the TE consists of Information text and Result
code, in which Information text is optional and Result code is mandatory. The format of
a possible response is controlled by the ATV command. For details, see the description
of the ATV Command. In this document, all possible responses listed in tables follow the
ATV1 format.
- The meaning of the command without any parameter should be described in the
document. And it is not recommended to use the command not setting any parameter.
- For the AT command that is controlled by PIN, if it is sent in PIN restricted mode, MT
will response with +CME ERROR: SIM PIN required.
AT Command Interface Specification
General Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
32
2 General Commands
2.1 ATE-Echo Command
2.1.1 Command Syntax
ATE[<value>]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
2.1.2 Interface Description
The ATE command sets whether the MT echoes the characters received from the TE or not.
The dial-up network, especially the automatic processing software, automatically sends the ATE0
command to disable the echo mode.
2.1.3 Parameter Description
<value>:
0
The MT does not echo the characters received from the TE.
1
The MT echoes the characters received from the TE. (default value)
If <value> is not specified, it is equivalent to set <value> to 1.
2.1.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
N
AT Command Interface Specification
General Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
33
2.1.5 Example
Run:
ATE0
Response:
OK
2.2 ATV-Set the Response Format
2.2.1 Command Syntax
ATV[<value>]
Possible Response(s)
If setting <value> to 0 and sending successfully:
0<CR>
If setting <value> to 1 and sending successfully:
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
2.2.2 Interface Description
This command sets the format of the result code and information field in response to an AT
command, including the composition of the header and the tail and the form of the returned
result code content. The returned result code content has two formats, namely, digit, and
detailed string.
The following table describes the impact of the format setting on the format of the result code
and the response information field. <CR> indicates the S3 character and <LF> indicates the
S4 character.
Command
V0
V1
Information responses
<text><CR><LF>
<CR><LF><text><CR><LF>
Result codes
<numeric code><CR>
<CR><LF><verbosecode><CR><
LF>
2.2.3 Parameter Description
<value>:
0
The MT sends an abbreviated header and tail and adopts the result code in the
digit format.
AT Command Interface Specification
General Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
34
1
The MT sends a complete header and tail and adopts the result code in the
detailed string format. (default value)
If <value> is not specified, it is equivalent to set <value> to 1.
2.2.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
N
2.2.5 Example
Run:
ATV1
Response:
OK
2.3 ATI-Request Identification
2.3.1 Command Syntax
ATI[<value>]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF><list of MS ID info><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
2.3.2 Interface Description
The ATI command queries the ID information about the MS, including:
Manufacturer (AT+GMI)
Product model (AT+GMM)
Software version (AT+GMR)
ESN/IMEI (AT+GSN)
Capability list (AT+GCAP)
2.3.3 Parameter Description
<value>: queries the previously described MS ID information. The value ranges from 0 to 255
(these values are meaningless).
AT Command Interface Specification
General Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
35
If <value> is not specified, it is equivalent to set <value> to 0.
2.3.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
N
2.3.5 Example
Run:
ATI
Response:
Manufacturer: Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Model: ME906s-158
Revision: 11.670.01.00.00
IMEI: 356112010004540
+GCAP: +CGSM,+DS,+ES
OK
2.4 AT+GCAP-Request Transmission Capacity Domain
Identification
2.4.1 Command Syntax
AT+GCAP
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+GCAP: (list of supported MS transmit mode
info)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT+GCAP=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
2.4.2 Interface Description
This command lists transmission capacity domains currently supported by an MS.
AT Command Interface Specification
General Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
36
2.4.3 Parameter Description
None
2.4.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
2.4.5 Example
Run:
AT+GCAP
Response:
+GCAP: +CGSM,+DS,+ES
OK
2.5 AT+CGMI/AT+GMI-Request Manufacturer
Identification
2.5.1 Command Syntax
AT+CGMI
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF><manufacturer><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT+CGMI=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
2.5.2 Interface Description
This command queries the MT's manufacturer information. Both AT+GMI and AT+CGMI
have the same function and syntax.
2.5.3 Parameter Description
<manufacturer>: a string type value without double quotation marks that indicates the
manufacturer information.
AT Command Interface Specification
General Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
37
Unless otherwise specified, "Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd." is returned.
2.5.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
2.5.5 Example
Run:
AT+CGMI
Response:
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OK
2.6 AT+CGMM/AT+GMM-Request Model Identification
2.6.1 Command Syntax
AT+CGMM
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF><production_name><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CGMM=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
2.6.2 Interface Description
This command queries the MT's model identification. Both AT+CGMM and AT+GMM have
the same function and syntax.
The model ID's value can be one or more lines of text, determined by the MT's manufacturer.
The model ID identifies the product model and can contain the product name and information
that the manufacturer want to provide. The number of characters, including line terminators,
in the response to this command cannot exceed 2048. The sequence 0<CR> or OK<CR> is
not allowed in the response.
AT Command Interface Specification
General Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
38
2.6.3 Parameter Description
<production_name>: a string type value without double quotation marks that indicates
product name.
2.6.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
2.6.5 Example
Run:
AT+CGMM
Response:
ME906s-158
OK
2.7 AT+CGMR/AT+GMR-Request Software Version
2.7.1 Command Syntax
AT+CGMR
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF><version><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT+CGMR=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
2.7.2 Interface Description
The execution command causes the ME to return its software version. Both AT+GMR and
AT+CGMR have the same function and syntax.
2.7.3 Parameter Description
<version>: indicates software version. It is a string with up to 31 characters, without double
quotation marks. The sequence 0<CR> or OK<CR> is not allowed in the response.
AT Command Interface Specification
General Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
39
2.7.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
2.7.5 Example
Run:
AT+CGMR
Response:
11.670.01.00.00
OK
2.8 AT+CGSN/AT+GSN-Request Product Serial Number
Identification
2.8.1 Command Syntax
AT+CGSN
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF><IMEI><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CGSN=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
2.8.2 Interface Description
Both AT+GSN and AT+CGSN have the same function and syntax.
- 3GPP
This command queries the MT's IMEI.
2.8.3 Parameter Description
- 3GPP
AT Command Interface Specification
General Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
40
<IMEI>: indicates the MT's IMEI. The returned IMEI is a string without double quotation
marks, consisting of 15 digits described in the following table.
8 char
6 char
1 char
TAC
SNR
Spare
TAC: the type approval code assigned to the MT
SNR: the MT's serial number
Spare: spare digit
2.8.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
2.8.5 Example
Run:
AT+CGSN
Response:
356112010004540
OK
2.9 AT+CSCS-Select TE Character Set
2.9.1 Command Syntax
AT+CSCS[=<chset>]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT+CSCS?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CSCS: <chset><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT+CSCS=?
AT Command Interface Specification
General Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
41
AT+CSCS=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CSCS: (list of supported <chset>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
2.9.2 Interface Description
The set command notifies TA of the TE's current character set so that TA can correctly convert
TE's and MT's character sets. If TA uses an 8-bit interface but TE uses a 7-bit character set,
the most significant bit of a character sent by the TE is set to 0.
2.9.3 Parameter Description
<chset>: at present, the default character set used by MS is "IRA". If AT+CSCS does not
contain any parameter, that means set the current character as the default character:
"GSM"
GSM 7 bit default alphabet (3GPP TS 23.038); this setting causes easily
software flow control (XON/XOFF) problems.
"IRA"
International reference alphabet (ITU-T T.50)
"UCS2"
16-bit universal multiple-octet coded character set (ISO/IEC10646);
UCS2 character strings are converted to hexadecimal numbers from 0000
to FFFF; e.g. "004100620063" equals three 16-bit characters with decimal
values 65, 98 and 99.
If MT is using GSM 7 bit default alphabet, its characters should be padded with 8th bit (zero) before
converting them to hexadecimal numbers (i.e. no SMS-style packing of 7-bit alphabet).
2.9.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
N
2.9.5 Example
Run:
AT+CSCS="IRA"
Response:
OK
Run:
AT+CSCS?
Response:
+CSCS: "IRA"
OK
Run:
AT+CSCS=?
AT Command Interface Specification
General Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
42
Response:
+CSCS: ("IRA","UCS2","GSM")
OK
2.10 AT+CIMI-Request IMSI
2.10.1 Command Syntax
AT+CIMI
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF><IMSI><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CIMI=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
2.10.2 Interface Description
- 3GPP
This command queries the USIM or SIM card's IMSI.
2.10.3 Parameter Description
<IMSI>: indicates the IMSI stored on the USIM or SIM card. It is a string without double
quotation marks, consisting of decimal digits, as described in the following table.
Up to 15 Digits
3 Digits
2 or 3 Digits
-
MCC
MNC
MSIN
2.10.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
AT Command Interface Specification
General Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
43
2.10.5 Example
Run:
AT+CIMI
Response:
123451234567890
OK
2.11 ATZ-Restore Factory Settings
2.11.1 Command Syntax
ATZ[<value>]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
2.11.2 Interface Description
This command restores the parameters of the AT command to their factory default values, but
will not change the DCE's baud rate.
After the command is executed, all data connections and calls will be disconnected, and the
command ATE and ATV can be set to factory configuration.
2.11.3 Parameter Description
<value>:
0
Set all AT commands' parameters to their factory default values.
If <value> is not specified, it is equivalent to set <value> to 0.
2.11.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
AT Command Interface Specification
General Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
44
2.11.5 Example
Run:
ATZ0
Response:
OK
2.12 AT+CMEE-Report Mobile Termination Error
2.12.1 Command Syntax
AT+CMEE=<n>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT+CMEE?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CMEE: <n><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT+CMEE=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CMEE: (list of supported <n>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
2.12.2 Interface Description
The set command disables or enables the use of result code +CME ERROR: <err> as an
indication of an error relating to the functionality of the MT. When enabled, MT related errors
cause the +CME ERROR: <err> final result code instead of the regular ERROR final result
code. Regular ERROR is returned when the error is not MT-related.
2.12.3 Parameter Description
<n>: an integer type value that indicates the format of the error result code.
0
Disable the +CME ERROR: <err> result code and use ERROR instead.
1
Enable the +CME ERROR: <err> result code and use numeric <err> values. (default
value)
2
Enable the +CME ERROR: <err> result code and use verbose <err> values.
AT Command Interface Specification
General Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
45
<err>: see 22.2 General CME Error List.
2.12.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
N
2.12.5 Example
Run:
AT+CMEE=2
Response:
OK
Run:
AT+CMEE?
Response:
+CMEE: 2
OK
Run:
AT+CMEE=?
Response:
+CMEE: (0-2)
OK
AT Command Interface Specification
Network Service Related Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
46
3 Network Service Related Commands
3.1 AT+COPS-Select Operator
3.1.1 Command Syntax
AT+COPS=[<mode>[,<format>[,<oper>[,<AcT>]]]]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+COPS?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+COPS:
<mode>[,<format>,<oper>[,<AcT>]]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+COPS=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+COPS: [list of supported (<stat>,long alphanumeric <oper>,short
alphanumeric <oper>,numeric <oper>[,<AcT>])s][,,(list of supported <mode>s),(list of
supported <format>s)]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT Command Interface Specification
Network Service Related Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
47
3.1.2 Interface Description
This command queries the network state and registers network selection mode currently by
the MS.
The execution command selects the network automatically or manually.
The read command queries the current network selection mode. If the registration is
successful, the current operator information will be returned.
The test command returns the list of (up to 20) operators existent in the current network.
- When <mode>=1, the command is aborted, and it will return OK for aborting.
- When the LTE network is manually registered through AT+COPS command with the parameter
<AcT>, CSFB voice is unavailable.
3.1.3 Parameter Description
<mode>:
0
Automatic (<oper> field is ignored).
1
Manual (<oper> field shall be present, and <AcT> optionally).
2
Deregister from network. (not supported currently)
3
Set only <format> (for read command AT+COPS?), do not attempt
registration/deregistration (<oper> and <AcT> fields are ignored); this value is
not applicable in read command response.
4
Manual/automatic (<oper> field shall be present); if manual selection fails,
automatic mode (<mode>=0) is entered. (not supported currently)
<format>:
0
Long format alphanumeric <oper>
1
Short format alphanumeric <oper>
2
Numeric <oper>
<oper>: string type.
<format>: indicates if the format is alphanumeric or numeric; long alphanumeric format can
be upto 16 characters long and short format up to 8 characters (refer GSM MoU SE.13).
Numeric format is the GSM Location Area Identification number (refer 3GPP TS 24.008
subclause 10.5.1.3) which consists of a three BCD digit country code coded as in ITU-T
E.212 Annex A, plus a two BCD digit network code, which is administration specific;
returned <oper> shall not be in BCD format, but in IRA characters converted from BCD.
Hence the number has structure: (country code digit 3)(country code digit 2)(country code
digit 1)(network code digit 3)(network code digit 2)(network code digit 1).
<stat>:
AT Command Interface Specification
Network Service Related Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
48
0
Unknown
1
Available
2
Current
3
Forbidden
<AcT>: indicates access technology selected.
0
GSM
1
GSM Compact (not supported currently)
2
UTRAN
3
GSM w/EGPRS (not supported currently)
4
UTRAN w/HSDPA (not supported currently)
5
UTRAN w/HSUPA (not supported currently)
6
UTRAN w/HSDPA and HSUPA (not supported currently)
7
E-UTRAN
3.1.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
The setting of <mode> is saved upon power-off.
3.1.5 Example
- Query the present status of ME's network registration:
Run:
AT+COPS=?
Response:
+COPS: (3,"CHN-UNICOM","UNICOM","46001",0),(3,"CHINA
MOBILE","CMCC","46000",0),,(0,1,3),(0,1,2)
OK
- Automatically search of network:
Run:
AT+COPS=0
Response:
OK
AT Command Interface Specification
Network Service Related Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
49
In the execution command, if <mode> equals to 0, it makes other parameters invalid.
- Manually search of network:
Run:
AT+COPS=1,2,"46000",0
Response:
OK
- +CME ERROR: <err> will be returned when logging in to a nonexistent network or a network that
cannot be logged in to (unless in the situation that services are restricted or services are restricted for
the current zone).
- The current network state can be queried using the AT+CREG? or AT+CGREG? command.
- If the selected operator was not allowed, the ME is now deregistered. The read command
will return only the mode, and no operator:
Run:
AT+COPS?
Response:
+COPS: 1
OK
Please use the AT+CREG? command to verify the registration status.
- We cannot manually search the UTRAN network when current setting is GSM ONLY mode which
set by AT^SYSCFGEX.
- We cannot manually search the GSM network when current setting is WCDMA ONLY mode which
set by AT^SYSCFGEX.
- ERROR will be returned in the situations above.
- Query the information of the network currently logged in:
Run:
AT+COPS?
Response:
+COPS: 1,2,"46000",2
OK
3.2 AT+CREG-Register Network
3.2.1 Command Syntax
AT+CREG=[<n>]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT Command Interface Specification
Network Service Related Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
50
AT+CREG?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CREG:
<n>,<stat>[,<lac>,<ci>[,<AcT>]]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT+CREG=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CREG: (list of supported <n>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
3.2.2 Interface Description
The set command controls the presentation of an unsolicited result code +CREG.
The read command returns the current registration status <stat>. Location information
elements <lac>, <ci> and <AcT> are returned only when <n>=2.
3.2.3 Parameter Description
<n>:
0
Disable network registration unsolicited result code +CREG. (default value)
1
Enable network registration unsolicited result code +CREG: <stat>.
2
Enable network registration and location information unsolicited result code
+CREG: <stat>[,<lac>,<ci>[,<AcT>]].
<stat>:
0
Not registered, MS is not currently searching for a new operator to register
with.
1
Registered, home network.
2
Not registered, but MS is currently searching for a new operator to register
with.
3
Registration denied.
4
Unknown.
5
Registered, roaming.
<lac>: a string type value that indicates two byte location area code or tracking area code in
hexadecimal format (e.g. "00C3" equals 195 in decimal).
<ci>: a string type value that indicates four byte serving cell ID in hexadecimal format.
AT Command Interface Specification
Network Service Related Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
51
<AcT>: an integer type value that indicates access technology of the serving cell.
0
GSM
1
GSM Compact
2
UTRAN
3
GSM w/EGPRS[1]
4
UTRAN w/HSDPA[2]
5
UTRAN w/HSUPA[2]
6
UTRAN w/HSDPA and HSUPA[2]
7
E-UTRAN
- [1] 3GPP TS 44.060 specifies the System Information messages which give the information about
whether the serving cell supports EGPRS.
- [2] 3GPP TS 25.331 specifies the System Information blocks which give the information about
whether the serving cell supports HSDPA or HSUPA.
- When the module is used for voice or data services on a WCDMA network, AT+CREG? cannot
return the LAC or CI information of the new serving cell after the serving cell is switched. Instead,
AT+CREG? will return the LAC or CI information of the original serving cell. To obtain the correct
information, run AT+CREG? when the module is in the idle state.
3.2.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
Y
3.2.5 Example
- Enable the initiative report when network registration status change:
Run:
AT+CREG=1
Response:
OK
- Query the status of the current network registration:
Run:
AT+CREG?
Response:
+CREG: 1,1
OK
- Query the list of supported <n>s using the test command:
Run:
AT+CREG=?
AT Command Interface Specification
Network Service Related Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
52
Response:
+CREG: (0-2)
OK
- If the location area code is 0x2513, the cell ID is 0x E01F4, and the network mode is
WCDMA, the terminal will receive the unsolicited reports:
Run:
AT+CREG?
Response:
+CREG: 2,1,"2513","E01F4",2
OK
3.3 AT+CLCK-Facility Lock
3.3.1 Command Syntax
AT+CLCK=<fac>,<mode>[,<passwd>[,<class>]]
Possible Response(s)
When <mode>=2 and the command is executed successfully:
<CR><LF>+CLCK: <status><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
When <mode>≠2 and the command is executed successfully:
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CLCK=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CLCK: (list of supported <fac>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
3.3.2 Interface Description
The execution command locks, unlocks or interrogates an MT or a network facility <fac>.
The test command returns the facilities supported.
3.3.3 Parameter Description
<fac>: specifies the target of this command.
AT Command Interface Specification
Network Service Related Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
53
"SC"
SIM card (if this parameter is set, MT will request the password during startup)
"AB"
All barring services (applicable only for <mode>=0)
"AC"
All incoming barring services (applicable only for <mode>=0)
"AG"
All outgoing barring services (applicable only for <mode>=0)
"AI"
Bar all incoming calls
"AO"
Bar all outgoing calls
"IR"
BIC-Roam (bar incoming calls when roaming outside the home country)
"OI"
Bar outgoing international calls
"OX"
Bar outgoing international calls except to home country
"FD"
SIM card or active application in the UICC (GSM or USIM) fixed dialing
memory feature
"PN"
Network personalization (not supported currently)
"PU"
Network subset personalization (not supported currently)
"PP"
Service provider personalization (not supported currently)
"PC"
Corporate personalization (not supported currently)
"PF"
Lock phone to the very first inserted SIM/UICC card (PH-FSIM) (if this
parameter is set, you need to enter the password when changing an SIM/UICC
card) (not supported currently)
"PS"
PH-SIM (lock phone to SIM/UICC card installed in the currently selected card
slot) (MT asks password when other than current SIM/UICC card inserted; MT
may remember certain amount of previously used cards thus not requiring
password when they are inserted) (not supported currently)
The passwords for "SC" and "FD" are stored on the SIM card; other passwords are set on the network
side.
<mode>: an integer type value that indicates operating mode.
0
Unlock
1
Lock
2
Queries status
<status>: an integer type value that indicates current status.
0
Not active
1
Active
AT Command Interface Specification
Network Service Related Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
54
<passwd>: a string type value that shall be enclosed in quotation marks when specified in the
command and be the same as the password specified using the AT+CPWD command.
- When <mode>=0 or 1, <passwd> is mandatory.
- When <mode>=2, <passwd> is not required. The characters in <passwd> must range
from '0' to '9'.
<classx>:
1
Voice (not supported currently)
2
Data
4
Fax (not supported currently)
8
Short message
3.3.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
Y
Y
If the number of consecutive incorrect PIN entry attempts exceeds the remaining number of allowed PIN
entry attempts, the PUK will be requested.
3.3.5 Example
- Query the lock status of SIM:
Run:
AT+CLCK="SC",2
Response:
+CLCK: 0
OK
- Set the lock status of SIM:
Run:
AT+CLCK="SC",1,"1234"
Response:
OK
- Query the list of supported <fac>s:
Run:
AT+CLCK=?
Response:
+CLCK:
("SC","AO","OI","OX","AI","IR","AB","AG","AC","FD")
OK
AT Command Interface Specification
Network Service Related Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
55
3.4 AT+CPWD-Change Password
3.4.1 Command Syntax
AT+CPWD=<fac>,<oldpwd>,<newpwd>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CPWD=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CPWD: list of supported
(<fac>,<pwdlength>)s<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
3.4.2 Interface Description
The set command sets a new password for the facility lock function.
The test command returns a list of pairs which present the available facilities and the
maximum length of their password.
3.4.3 Parameter Description
<fac>: specifies the target of this command.
"P2"
SIM PIN2
"SC"
SIM card (if this parameter is set, MT will request the password during
startup)
"AB"
All barring services (applicable only for <mode>=0)
"AC"
All incoming barring services
"AG"
All incoming barring services
"AI"
Bar all incoming calls
"AO"
Bar all outgoing calls
AT Command Interface Specification
Network Service Related Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
56
"IR"
BIC-Roam (Bar incoming calls when roaming outside the home country)
"OI"
Bar outgoing international calls
"OX"
Bar outgoing international calls except to home country
"PN"
Network personalization (not supported currently)
"PU"
Network subset personalization (not supported currently)
"PP"
Service provider personalization (not supported currently)
"PC"
Corporate personalization (not supported currently)
"PS"
PH-SIM (lock phone to SIM/UICC card installed in the currently selected card
slot) (MT asks password when other than current SIM/UICC card inserted;
MT may remember certain amount of previously used cards thus not requiring
password when they are inserted) (not supported currently)
<oldpwd>, <newpwd>: string type values that indicate old password and new password
whose maximum lengths are specified by <pwdlength>. The characters allowed in <oldpwd>
and <newpwd> must range from '0' to '9'.
<pwdlength>: an integer type value that indicates maximum length of the password for the
facility.
3.4.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
When the password is changed, if the number of consecutive incorrect PIN entry attempts exceeds the
remaining number of allowed PIN entry attempts, the PUK will be requested.
3.4.5 Example
- Modify PIN2 of SIM:
Run:
AT+CPWD="P2","5678","8765"
Response:
OK
- Query the list of supported (<fac>,<pwdlength>)s:
Run:
AT+CPWD=?
Response:
+CPWD:
("P2",8),("SC",8),("AO",4),("OI",4),("OX",4),("AI",4),("
IR",4),("AB",4),("AG",4),("AC",4)
OK
AT Command Interface Specification
Network Service Related Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
57
3.5 AT+CUSD-USSD Command
Users can run USSD commands using mobile devices to request specific services from the
network, and the network also can send USSD commands to devices to implement specific
services. Unlike SMS, USSD allows real-time bidirectional data exchange so that it can be
used in services, such as stock information query. Currently, many value-added services, such
as stock, lottery, weather forecast, and flight information query, are provided using USSD.
3.5.1 Command Syntax
AT+CUSD=[<n>[,<str>[,<dcs>]]]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CUSD?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CUSD: <n><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT+CUSD=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CUSD: (list of supported<n>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
3.5.2 Interface Description
This command provides control on the supplementary service USSD. It supports the operation
originated from the network side or the terminal side.
<n> disables or enables proactive reporting of URC. This reporting may be response to the
terminal-originated service at the network side, or service request originated at the network
side:
+CUSD: <m>[,<str>,<dcs>]
If the <str> field is provided in the delivered command, the message sent to the network side
may be the USSD request originated at the terminal side, or the response to the network-side
request from the terminal. The response (USSD string) from the network will be included in
the subsequent +CUSD result code.
AT Command Interface Specification
Network Service Related Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
58
Besides, <n>=2 exits the current USSD session.
The test command returns all the supported n values.
3.5.3 Parameter Description
<n>:
0
Disable the result code presentation to the TE.
1
Enable the result code presentation to the TE.
2
Cancel session.
- If <n> is not specified, it is equivalent to set <n> to 0.
- When other parameters are setted wrong and an error is returned, <n> will still be setted if <n> is
inputed correctly.
<str>: a string type value that indicates USSD-string. Valid USSD characters are '0'-'9', '*' and
'#'.
- When USSD is transmitted in coding mode (non-transparent mode), the value of <str> is
set by running AT+CSCS. The MT will encode the value to the data that complies with
the requirement specified by <dcs> and send the data to network side.
- When USSD is transmitted in transparent mode using Huawei's proprietary scheme, the
value of <str> is not controlled by AT+CSCS and not encoded or decoded by the MT.
The MT can send USSD data that contains a maximum 160 bytes to the network side.
The transmission mode for USSD is set by running AT^USSDMODE.
<dcs>: an integer type value that indicates USSD coding. (see 3GPP TS 23.038 Cell
Broadcast Data Coding Scheme in integer format).
When USSD is transmitted in coding mode, the MT supports GSM 7-bit and GSM 8-bit, but
not UCS2.
<m>:
0
No further user action required (network-initiated USSD-Notify, or no further
information needed after terminal initiated operation). (default value)
1
Further user action required (network initiated USSD-Request, or further
information needed after terminal initiated operation).
2
USSD session released by the network side.
3
Other local clients have responded.
4
Operation not supported (message returned from network).
5
Network connection timeout.
AT Command Interface Specification
Network Service Related Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
59
3.5.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
3.5.5 Example
To set the character set on a terminal to IRA in non-transparent transmission mode by running
AT+CSCS:
- Use USSD to query the phone number (given that the query code is "*99#"):
Run:
AT+CUSD=1,"*99#",15
Response:
OK
- Network response (if the phone number is 86139037601):
Response:
+CUSD: 0,"139037601",15
The following figure illustrates the process of USSD service (the process of querying bank
account balance is used as an example).
MS USSDC SP
PSSR: #101*1#(query account balance)
USSR: please input account
USSR_RSP: 4000110067281234991
USSR: please input password
USSR_RSP: 361327
PSSR_RSP: remnant$9533.2
USSR_RSP: 361329
USSR: wrong password. Input password
PSSR_RSP: remnant$9533.2
#101*1#(query account balance)
Please input account
4000110067281234991
please input password
RSP: 361327
Remnant$9533.2
Wrong password. Input password
RSP: 361329
Remnant$9533.2
For intuitive description, the strings in the previous figure are not converted to codes.
- MT: Mobile Terminal
- USSDC: USSD Center
- SP: Service Provider
AT Command Interface Specification
Network Service Related Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
60
3.6 +CUSD-Unsolicitedly Report USSD of Network
3.6.1 Command Syntax
URC
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CUSD: <m>[,<str>,<dcs>]<CR><LF>
3.6.2 Interface Description
When the network responses to USSD originated by MT, or it requests USSD, or the network
notifies USSD to MT, MT will unsolicitedly report "+CUSD: <m>[,<str>,<dcs>]" to TE.
3.6.3 Parameter Description
For the definition of its parameters, see 3.5 AT+CUSD-USSD Command.
3.6.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
3.6.5 Example
If sending AT+CUSD=1,"3133",15 to MT, an unsolicited report is presented automatically as
follows (transparent mode):
Response:
+CUSD: 0,"CD69724A74EA1A385B6C9683CD6E3059AE3603",15
3.7 AT+CNUM-Subscriber Number
3.7.1 Command Syntax
AT+CNUM
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CNUM:
[<alpha1>],<number1>,<type1>[,<speed>,<service>[,<itc>]][<CR><LF>+CNUM:
[<alpha2>],<number2>,<type2>[,<speed>,<service>[,<itc>]][...]]<CR><LF><CR><LF>O
K<CR><LF>
AT Command Interface Specification
Network Service Related Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
61
AT+CNUM
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CNUM=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
3.7.2 Interface Description
The execution command returns the MSISDNs related to the subscriber (this information can
be stored in the EFMSISDN folder on the SIM/USIM).
- For a SIM card, the information is stored in the EFMSISDN under DFTelecom.
- For a USIM card, the information is stored in the EFMSISDN under ADFUSIM.
- If the subscriber has different MSISDNs for different services, each MSISDN is returned
in a separate line.
3.7.3 Parameter Description
<alphax>: indicates optional alphanumeric string associated with <numberx>; used character
set should be the one selected with command 2.9 AT+CSCS-Select TE Character Set.
<numberx>: indicates string type phone number of format specified by <typex>.
<typex>: indicates type of the phone number; address octet in integer format.
- When <numberx> contains the plus sign ('+'), the value of <typex> is 145, indicating that
the phone number is an international number.
- When <numberx> does not contain the plus sign ('+'), the value of <typex> is 129,
indicating that the phone number is a national number.
<speed>: refer 3GPP TS 27.007-b10 subclause 6.7. (not supported currently)
<service>: an integer type value (service related to the phone number). (not supported
currently)
0
Asynchronous modem
1
Synchronous modem
2
PAD Access (asynchronous)
3
Packet Access (synchronous)
4
Voice
5
Fax
All other values
below 128
Reserved
AT Command Interface Specification
Network Service Related Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
62
<itc>: an integer type value that indicates information transfer capability. (not supported
currently)
0
3.1 kHz
1
UDI
3.7.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
3.7.5 Example
- Write two numbers of the MT to the USIM card:
Run:
AT+CPBS="ON"
Response:
OK
Run:
AT+CPBW=1,"+8613987654321",145,"CC"
Response:
OK
Run:
AT+CPBW=2,"123",129,"USER"
Response:
OK
Run:
AT+CNUM
Response:
+CNUM: "CC","+8613987654321",145
+CNUM: "USER","123",129
OK
- Clear the numbers:
Run:
AT+CPBS="ON"
Response:
OK
Run:
AT+CPBW=1
Response:
OK
Run:
AT+CPBW=2
Response:
OK
Run:
AT+CNUM
Response:
OK
AT Command Interface Specification
Network Service Related Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
63
3.8 AT+CGEQREQ-Set QoS Parrameters
3.8.1 Command Syntax
AT+CGEQREQ=[<cid>[,<Traffic class>[,<Maximum biterate UL>[,<Maximum
bitrate DL>[,<Guaranteed bitrate UL>[,<Guaranteed bitrate DL>[,<Delivery
order>[,<Maximum SDU size>[,<SDU error ratio>[,<Residual bit error
ratio>[,<Delivery of erroneous SDUs>[,<Transfer delay>[,<Traffic handling
priority>]]]]]]]]]]]]]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT+CGEQREQ?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CGEQREQ: <cid>,<Traffic class>,<Maximum bitrate UL>,<Maximum
bitrate DL>,<Guaranteed bitrate UL>,<Guaranteed bitrate DL>,<Delivery
order>,<Maximum SDU size>,<SDU error ratio>,<Residual bit error ratio>,<Delivery of
erroneous SDUs>,<Transfer delay>,<Traffic handling
priority><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT+CGEQREQ=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CGEQREQ: <PDP_type>,(list of supported <Traffic class>s),(list of
supported <Maximum bitrate UL>s),(list of supported <Maximum bitrate DL>s),(list of
supported <Guaranteed bitrate UL>s),(list of supported <Guaranteed bitrate DL>s),(list of
supported <Delivery order>s),(list of supported <Maximum SDU size>s),(list of supported
<SDU error ratio>s),(list of supported <Residual bit error ratio>s),(list of supported
<Delivery of erroneous SDUs>s),(list of supported <Transfer delay>s),(list of supported
<Traffic handling priority>s)[<CR><LF>+CGEQREQ: <PDP_type>,(list of supported
<Traffic class>s),(list of supported <Maximum bitrate UL>s),(list of supported <Maximum
bitrate DL>s),(list of supported <Guaranteed bitrate UL>s),(list of supported <Guaranteed
bitrate DL>s),(list of supported <Delivery order>s),(list of supported <Maximum SDU
size>s),(list of supported <SDU error ratio>s),(list of supported <Residual bit error
ratio>s),(list of supported <Delivery of erroneous SDUs>s),(list of supported <Transfer
delay>s),(list of supported <Traffic handling
priority>s)[...]]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
3.8.2 Interface Description
This command allows the TE to specify a UMTS QoS Profile that is used when the MT sends
an Activate PDP Context Request message to the network.
AT Command Interface Specification
Network Service Related Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
64
A special form of set command, AT+CGEQREQ=<cid> causes the requested profile for
context number <cid> to become undefined.
The read command returns the current settings for each defined context.
The test command returns values supported as a compound value. If the MT supports several
PDP types, the parameter value ranges for each PDP type are returned on a separate line.
3.8.3 Parameter Description
<cid>: a numeric parameter that specifies a particular PDP context definition (see 5.1
AT+CGDCONT-Define PDP Context).
The following parameters are defined in 3GPP TS 23.107. If a value is omitted for a particular
class, and then the value is considered to be unspecified.
<Traffic class>: specifies application type of the UMTS bearer service.
0
Conversational
1
Streaming
2
Interactive
3
Background
4
Subscribed
If the <Traffic class> is specified as conversational or streaming, and then the guaranteed and
maximum bit rate parameters should also be provided. Other values are reserved.
<Maximum bitrate UL>: specifies maximum uplink rate in kbit/s.
<Maximum bitrate DL>: specifies maximum downlink rate in kbit/s.
<Guaranteed bitrate UL>: specifies guaranteed uplink rate in kbit/s.
<Guaranteed bitrate DL>: specifies guaranteed downlink rate in kbit/s.
<Delivery order>: a numeric parameter that indicates whether the UMTS bearer shall provide
in-sequence SDU delivery or not.
0
No
1
Yes
2
Subscribed value
<Maximum SDU size>: indicates the maximum allowed SDU size in octets.
<SDU error ratio>: indicates the target SDU error ratio.
<Residual bit error ratio>: indicates the target value for the undetected bit error ratio in the
delivered SDUs. The format of this field is the same as that of the <SDU error ratio> field.
<Delivery of erroneous SDUs>: indicates whether SDUs detected as erroneous shall be
delivered or not.
AT Command Interface Specification
Network Service Related Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
65
0
No
1
Yes
2
No detect
3
Subscribed value
<Transfer delay>: indicates the targeted transmission delay in milliseconds.
<Traffic handling priority>: a numeric parameter (0-3) that specifies the relative importance
for handling of all SDUs belonging to the UMTS bearer compared to the SDUs of other
bearers.
<PDP_type>: see 5.1 AT+CGDCONT-Define PDP Context.
3.8.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
Y
3.8.5 Example
Run:
AT+CGEQREQ=1,2,0,0,0,0,2,0,"0E0","0E0",3,0,0
Response:
OK
Run:
AT+CGEQREQ?
AT Command Interface Specification
Network Service Related Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
66
Response:
+CGEQREQ: 1,2,0,0,0,0,2,0,"0E0","0E0",3,0,0
+CGEQREQ: 2,2,0,0,0,0,2,0,"0E0","0E0",3,0,0
+CGEQREQ: 3,2,0,0,0,0,2,0,"0E0","0E0",3,0,0
+CGEQREQ: 4,2,0,0,0,0,2,0,"0E0","0E0",3,0,0
+CGEQREQ: 5,2,0,0,0,0,2,0,"0E0","0E0",3,0,0
+CGEQREQ: 6,2,0,0,0,0,2,0,"0E0","0E0",3,0,0
+CGEQREQ: 7,2,0,0,0,0,2,0,"0E0","0E0",3,0,0
+CGEQREQ: 8,2,0,0,0,0,2,0,"0E0","0E0",3,0,0
+CGEQREQ: 9,2,0,0,0,0,2,0,"0E0","0E0",3,0,0
+CGEQREQ: 10,2,0,0,0,0,2,0,"0E0","0E0",3,0,0
+CGEQREQ: 11,2,0,0,0,0,2,0,"0E0","0E0",3,0,0
+CGEQREQ: 12,2,0,0,0,0,2,0,"0E0","0E0",3,0,0
+CGEQREQ: 13,2,0,0,0,0,2,0,"0E0","0E0",3,0,0
+CGEQREQ: 14,2,0,0,0,0,2,0,"0E0","0E0",3,0,0
+CGEQREQ: 15,2,0,0,0,0,2,0,"0E0","0E0",3,0,0
+CGEQREQ: 16,2,0,0,0,0,2,0,"0E0","0E0",3,0,0
+CGEQREQ: 17,2,0,0,0,0,2,0,"0E0","0E0",3,0,0
+CGEQREQ: 18,2,0,0,0,0,2,0,"0E0","0E0",3,0,0
+CGEQREQ: 19,2,0,0,0,0,2,0,"0E0","0E0",3,0,0
+CGEQREQ: 20,2,0,0,0,0,2,0,"0E0","0E0",3,0,0
+CGEQREQ: 21,2,0,0,0,0,2,0,"0E0","0E0",3,0,0
+CGEQREQ: 22,2,0,0,0,0,2,0,"0E0","0E0",3,0,0
+CGEQREQ: 23,2,0,0,0,0,2,0,"0E0","0E0",3,0,0
+CGEQREQ: 24,2,0,0,0,0,2,0,"0E0","0E0",3,0,0
+CGEQREQ: 25,2,0,0,0,0,2,0,"0E0","0E0",3,0,0
+CGEQREQ: 26,2,0,0,0,0,2,0,"0E0","0E0",3,0,0
+CGEQREQ: 27,2,0,0,0,0,2,0,"0E0","0E0",3,0,0
+CGEQREQ: 28,2,0,0,0,0,2,0,"0E0","0E0",3,0,0
+CGEQREQ: 29,2,0,0,0,0,2,0,"0E0","0E0",3,0,0
+CGEQREQ: 30,2,0,0,0,0,2,0,"0E0","0E0",3,0,0
+CGEQREQ: 31,2,0,0,0,0,2,0,"0E0","0E0",3,0,0
OK
Run:
AT+CGEQREQ=?
AT Command Interface Specification
Network Service Related Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
67
Response:
+CGEQREQ:
"IP",(0-4),(0-11480),(0-42000),(0-11480),(0-42000),(0-2),
(0-1520),("0E0","1E2","7E3","1E3","1E4","1E5","1E6","1E1"
),("0E0","5E2","1E2","5E3","4E3","1E3","1E4","1E5","1E6",
"6E8"),(0-3),(0-4100),(0-3)
+CGEQREQ:
"IPV6",(0-4),(0-11480),(0-42000),(0-11480),(0-42000),(0-2
),(0-1520),("0E0","1E2","7E3","1E3","1E4","1E5","1E6","1E
1"),("0E0","5E2","1E2","5E3","4E3","1E3","1E4","1E5","1E6
","6E8"),(0-3),(0-4100),(0-3)
+CGEQREQ:
"IPV4V6",(0-4),(0-11480),(0-42000),(0-11480),(0-42000),(0
-2),(0-1520),("0E0","1E2","7E3","1E3","1E4","1E5","1E6","
1E1"),("0E0","5E2","1E2","5E3","4E3","1E3","1E4","1E5","1
E6","6E8"),(0-3),(0-4100),(0-3)
OK
3.9 AT+CGEQNEG-3G Negotiated QoS Profile
3.9.1 Command Syntax
AT+CGEQNEG=[<cid>[,<cid>[,...]]]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CGEQNEG: <cid>,<Traffic class>,<Maximum bitrate UL>,<Maximum
bitrate DL>,<Guaranteed bitrate UL>,<Guaranteed bitrate DL>,<Delivery
order>,<Maximum SDU size>,<SDU error ratio>,<Residual bit error ratio>,<Delivery of
erroneous SDUs>,<Transfer delay>,<Traffic handling priority>[<CR><LF>+CGEQNEG:
<cid>,<Traffic class>,<Maximum bitrate UL>,<Maximum bitrate DL>,<Guaranteed
bitrate UL>,<Guaranteed bitrate DL>,<Delivery order>,<Maximum SDU size>,<SDU
error ratio>,<Residual bit error ratio>,<Delivery of erroneous SDUs>,<Transfer
delay>,<Traffic handling priority>[...]]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT+CGEQNEG=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CGEQNEG: (list of <cid>s associated with active
contexts)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT Command Interface Specification
Network Service Related Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
68
3.9.2 Interface Description
This command allows the TE to retrieve the negotiated QoS profiles returned in the PDP
context establishment procedure.
The execution command returns the negotiated QoS profile for the specified context
identifiers, <cid>s. The QoS profile consists of a number of parameters, each of which may
have a separate value.
The test command returns a list of <cid>s associated with active contexts.
3.9.3 Parameter Description
<cid>: an index that specifies a particular PDP context definition (see 5.1
AT+CGDCONT-Define PDP Context).
The following parameters are defined in the 3GPP TS 23.107.
<Traffic class>: a numeric parameter that indicates the type of application for which the
UMTS bearer service is optimized.
0
Conversational
1
Streaming
2
Interactive
3
Background
<Maximum bitrate UL>: a numeric parameter that indicates the maximum number of kbits/s
delivered to UMTS (up-link traffic) at a SAP. As an example, a bit rate of 32 kbit/s would be
specified as 32 (e.g. +CGEQNEG:...,32,...) (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 subclause 10.5.6.5).
<Maximum bitrate DL>: a numeric parameter that indicates the maximum number of kbits/s
delivered by UMTS (down-link traffic) at a SAP, As an example a bit rate of 32 kbit/s would
be specified as 32 (e.g. +CGEQNEG:...,32,...) (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 subclause 10.5.6.5).
<Guaranteed bitrate UL>: a numeric parameter that indicates the guaranteed number of kbits/s
delivered to UMTS (up-link traffic) at a SAP (provided that there is data to deliver). As an
example, a bit rate of 32 kbit/s would be specified as 32 (e.g. +CGEQNEG:...,32,...) (refer
3GPP TS 24.008 subclause 10.5.6.5).
<Guaranteed bitrate DL>: a numeric parameter that indicates the guaranteed number of kbits/s
delivered by UMTS (down-link traffic) at a SAP (provided that there is data to deliver). As an
example, a bit rate of 32 kbit/s would be specified as 32 (e.g. +CGEQNEG:...,32,...) (refer
3GPP TS 24.008 subclause 10.5.6.5).
<Delivery order>: indicates whether the UMTS bearer shall provide in-sequence SDU
delivery or not.
0
No
1
Yes
<Maximum SDU size>: indicates the maximum allowed SDU size in octets.
AT Command Interface Specification
Network Service Related Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
69
<SDU error ratio>: indicates the target SDU error ratio.
<SDU error ratio> is defined only for conforming traffic. This is a string represented in the
format of scientific notation. For example, an SDU error ratio of 5*10-3 is specified as "5E3".
<Residual bit error ratio>: indicates the target value for the undetected bit error ratio in the
delivered SDUs. The format of this field is the same as that of the <SDU error ratio> field.
<Delivery of erroneous SDUs>: indicates whether SDUs detected as erroneous shall be
delivered or not.
0
No
1
Yes
2
No detect
<Transfer delay>: indicates the targeted transmission delay in milliseconds.
<Traffic handling priority>: a numeric parameter (0-3) that specifies the relative importance
for handling of all SDUs belonging to the UMTS bearer compared to the SDUs of other
bearers.
3.9.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
3.9.5 Example
Run:
AT+CGEQNEG=1
This command should be sent after
successful dial-up.
Response:
+CGEQNEG: 1,2,5760,8640,0,0,0,1060,"1E4","1E5",2,100,2
OK
Run:
AT+CGEQNEG=?
This command should be used after
successful dial-up, otherwise the
bracket is empty.
Response:
+CGEQNEG: (1)
OK
AT Command Interface Specification
Network Service Related Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
70
3.10 AT+CGEQMIN-3G Quality of Service Profile
(Minimum Acceptable)
3.10.1 Command Syntax
AT+CGEQMIN=[<cid>[,<Traffic class>[,<Maximum bitrate UL>[,<Maximum
bitrate DL>[,<Guaranteed bitrate UL>[,<Guaranteed bitrate DL>[,<Delivery
order>[,<Maximum SDU size>[,<SDU error ratio>[,<Residual bit error
ratio>[,<Delivery of erroneous SDUs> [,<Transfer delay>[,<Traffic handling
priority>]]]]]]]]]]]]]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT+CGEQMIN?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CGEQMIN: <cid>,<Traffic class>,<Maximum bitrate UL>,<Maximum
bitrate DL>,<Guaranteed bitrate UL>,<Guaranteed bitrate DL>,<Delivery
order>,<Maximum SDU size>,<SDU error ratio>,<Residual bit error ratio>,<Delivery of
erroneous SDUs>,<Transfer delay>,<Traffic handling priority>,<Source statistics
descriptor>,<Signalling indication>[<CR><LF>+CGEQMIN: <cid>,<Traffic
class>,<Maximum bitrate UL>,<Maximum bitrate DL>,<Guaranteed bitrate
UL>,<Guaranteed bitrate DL>,<Delivery order>,<Maximum SDU size>,<SDU error
ratio>,<Residual bit error ratio>,<Delivery of erroneous SDUs>,<Transfer delay>,<Traffic
handling priority>[...]]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT+CGEQMIN=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CGEQMIN: <PDP_type>,(list of supported <Traffic class>s),(list of
supported <Maximum bitrate UL>s),(list of supported <Maximum bitrate DL>s),(list of
supported <Guaranteed bitrate UL>s),(list of supported <Guaranteed bitrate DL>s),(list of
supported <Delivery order>s),(list of supported <Maximum SDU size>s),(list of supported
<SDU error ratio>s),(list of supported <Residual bit error ratio>s),(list of supported
<Delivery of erroneous SDUs>s),(list of supported <Transfer delay>s),(list of supported
<Traffic handling priority>s),(list of supported <Source statistics descriptor>s),(list of
supported <Signalling indication>s)[<CR><LF>+CGEQMIN: <PDP_type>,(list of
supported <Traffic class>s),(list of supported <Maximum bitrate UL>s),(list of supported
<Maximum bitrate DL>s),(list of supported <Guaranteed bitrate UL>s),(list of supported
<Guaranteed bitrate DL>s),(list of supported <Delivery order>s),(list of supported
<Maximum SDU size>s),(list of supported <SDU error ratio>s),(list of supported
<Residual bit error ratio>s),(list of supported <Delivery of erroneous SDUs>s),(list of
supported <Transfer delay>s),(list of supported <Traffic handling
priority>s)[...]]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT Command Interface Specification
Network Service Related Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
71
3.10.2 Interface Description
This command allows the TE to specify a minimum acceptable profile, which is checked by
the MT against the negotiated profile returned in the PDP context establishment and PDP
context modification procedures.
The set command specifies a profile for the context identified by the (local) context
identification parameter, <cid>. The specified profile will be stored in the MT and checked
against the negotiated profile only at activation or MS-initiated modification of the related
context. Since this is the same parameter that is used in 5.1 AT+CGDCONT-Define PDP
Context and AT+CGDSCONT (refer to 3GPP TS 27.007 subclause 10.1.2), the
AT+CGEQMIN command is effectively an extension to these commands. The QoS profile
consists of a number of parameters, each of which may be set to a separate value.
A special form of the set command, AT+CGEQMIN=<cid> causes the minimum acceptable
profile for context number <cid> to become undefined. In this case no check is made against
the negotiated profile.
The read command returns the current settings for each defined context.
The test command returns values supported as a compound value. If the MT supports several
PDP types, the parameter value ranges for each PDP type are returned on a separate line.
3.10.3 Parameter Description
<cid>: a numeric parameter that specifies a particular PDP context definition (see 5.1
AT+CGDCONT-Define PDP Context and AT+CGDSCONT).
The following parameters are defined in 3GPP TS 23.107:
<PDP_type>: see 5.1 AT+CGDCONT-Define PDP Context and AT+CGDSCONT.
<Traffic class>: a numeric parameter that indicates the type of application for which the
UMTS bearer service is optimized.
0
Subscribe
1
Conversational
2
Streaming
3
4
Interactive
Background
<Maximum bitrate UL>: a numeric parameter that indicates the maximum number of kbits/s
delivered to UMTS (up-link traffic) at a SAP. As an example a bit rate of 32kbit/s would be
specified as '32' (e.g. AT+CGEQMIN=...,32,...) (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 subclause 10.5.6.5).
<Maximum bitrate DL>: a numeric parameter that indicates the maximum number of kbits/s
delivered by UMTS (down-link traffic) at a SAP. As an example a bit rate of 32kbit/s would
be specified as '32' (e.g. AT+CGEQMIN=...,32,...) (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 subclause 10.5.6.5).
<Guaranteed bitrate UL>: a numeric parameter that indicates the guaranteed number of kbits/s
delivered to UMTS (up-link traffic) at a SAP (provided that there is data to deliver). As an
example a bit rate of 32kbit/s would be specified as '32' (e.g. AT+CGEQMIN=...,32,...) (refer
3GPP TS 24.008 subclause 10.5.6.5).
AT Command Interface Specification
Network Service Related Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
72
<Guaranteed bitrate DL>: a numeric parameter that indicates the guaranteed number of kbits/s
delivered by UMTS (down-link traffic) at a SAP (provided that there is data to deliver). As an
example a bit rate of 32kbit/s would be specified as '32' (e.g. AT+CGEQMIN=...,32,...) (refer
3GPP TS 24.008 subclause 10.5.6.5).
<Delivery order>: a numeric parameter that indicates whether the UMTS bearer shall provide
in-sequence SDU delivery or not.
0
No
1
Yes
<Maximum SDU size>: a numeric parameter (1,2,3,...) that indicates the maximum allowed
SDU size in octets (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 subclause 10.5.6.5).
<SDU error ratio>: a string parameter that indicates the target value for the fraction of SDUs
lost or detected as erroneous. SDU error ratio is defined only for conforming traffic. The
value is specified as "mEe". As an example a target SDU error ratio of 5*10-3 would be
specified as "5E3" (e.g. AT+CGEQMIN=...,"5E3",...) (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 subclause
10.5.6.5).
<Residual bit error ratio>: a string parameter that indicates the target value for the undetected
bit error ratio in the delivered SDUs. If no error detection is requested, Residual bit error ratio
indicates the bit error ratio in the delivered SDUs. The value is specified as "mEe". As an
example a target residual bit error ratio of 5*10-3 would be specified as "5E3" (e.g.
AT+CGEQMIN=...,"5E3",...) (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 subclause 10.5.6.5).
<Delivery of erroneous SDUs>: a numeric parameter that indicates whether SDUs detected as
erroneous shall be delivered or not.
0
No
1
Yes
2
No detect
<Transfer delay>: a numeric parameter (0,1,2,...) that indicates the targeted time between
request to transfer an SDU at one SAP to its delivery at the other SAP, in milliseconds (refer
3GPP TS 24.008 subclause 10.5.6.5).
<Traffic handling priority>: a numeric parameter (1,2,3,...) that specifies the relative
importance for handling of all SDUs belonging to the UMTS bearer compared to the SDUs of
other bearers (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 subclause 10.5.6.5).
If a value is omitted for a particular class, then the value is considered to be unspecified.
3.10.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
AT Command Interface Specification
Network Service Related Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
73
3.10.5 Example
Run:
AT+CGEQMIN=11,2,0,0,0,0,2,0,"0E0","0E0",3,0,0
Response:
OK
Run:
AT+CGEQMIN?
Response:
+CGEQMIN: 1,2,0,0,0,0,2,0,"0E0","0E0",3,0,0
+CGEQMIN: 11,2,0,0,0,0,2,0,"0E0","0E0",3,0,0
OK
Run:
AT+CGEQMIN=?
Response:
+CGEQMIN:
"IP",(0-4),(0-11480),(0-42000),(0-11480),(0-42000),(0-2)
,(0-1520),("0E0","1E2","7E3","1E3","1E4","1E5","1E6","1E
1"),("0E0","5E2","1E2","5E3","4E3","1E3","1E4","1E5","1E
6","6E8"),(0-3),(0,4100),(0-3)
+CGEQMIN:
"IPV6",(0-4),(0-11480),(0-42000),(0-11480),(0-42000),(0-
2),(0-1520),("0E0","1E2","7E3","1E3","1E4","1E5","1E6","
1E1"),("0E0","5E2","1E2","5E3","4E3","1E3","1E4","1E5","
1E6","6E8"),(0-3),(0,4100),(0-3)
+CGEQMIN:
"IPV4V6",(0-4),(0-11480),(0-42000),(0-11480),(0-42000),(
0-2),(0-1520),("0E0","1E2","7E3","1E3","1E4","1E5","1E6"
,"1E1"),("0E0","5E2","1E2","5E3","4E3","1E3","1E4","1E5"
,"1E6","6E8"),(0-3),(0,4100),(0-3)
OK
AT Command Interface Specification
Mobile Termination Control and
Status Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
74
4 Mobile Termination Control and Status
Commands
4.1 AT+CFUN-Set Operation Mode
4.1.1 Command Syntax
AT+CFUN=[<fun>[,<rst>]]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CFUN?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CFUN: <fun><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CFUN=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CFUN: (list of supported <fun>s),(list of supported
<rst>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT Command Interface Specification
Mobile Termination Control and
Status Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
75
4.1.2 Interface Description
The execution command sets the MT mode or restarts the MT.
The read command queries the current mode.
The test command returns the supported parameter values.
4.1.3 Parameter Description
<fun>:
0
Minimum functionality (disable RF but reserve SIM card power supply, previous
mode must not be offline).
1
Set as online mode (previous mode must not be offline). (default value)
4
Set as offline mode (previous mode must not be FTM).
5
Set as FTM mode (previous mode must be online).
6
Restart MT (previous mode must be offline).
7
Disable RF (previous mode must not be offline).
<rst>: whether to restart MT before setting
0
Do not restart MT before setting. (default value)
1
Restart the MT before setting (<fun> is set to 1).
4.1.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
4.1.5 Example
- Query the MT's current mode:
Run:
AT+CFUN?
Response:
+CFUN: 1
OK
- The MT's current mode is 1 (online mode), we will set it to mode 5 (FTM) without
restarting the module:
Run:
AT+CFUN=5,0
AT Command Interface Specification
Mobile Termination Control and
Status Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
76
Response:
OK
- Query which mode MT supports:
Run:
AT+CFUN=?
Response:
+CFUN: (0,1,4,5,6,7),(0,1)
OK
4.2 AT+CPIN-Enter PIN
4.2.1 Command Syntax
AT+CPIN=<pin>[,<newpin>]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CPIN?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CPIN: <code><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT+CPIN=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
4.2.2 Interface Description
The set command verifies and unblocks PIN and PIN2.
The read command returns a string indicating whether a password is required or not.
- If the current password required is PIN or PIN2, run AT+CPIN=<pin> to verify PIN or
PIN2.
AT Command Interface Specification
Mobile Termination Control and
Status Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
77
- If the current password required is PUK or PUK2, run AT+CPIN=<pin>[,<newpin>] to
unblock the PIN. In "AT+CPIN=<pin>[,<newpin>]", <pin> is the SIM PUK or SIM
PUK2, and <newpin> is the new PIN or PIN2.
- If the set command is executed when PIN is not requested, +CME ERROR: <err> is
returned.
Verifying PIN or PUK while a call or other services are ongoing may cause the call or services to be
terminated.
4.2.3 Parameter Description
<pin>, <newpin>: string type values of the 4-8 digits. The character allowed in <pin> and
<newpin> must range from '0' to '9', otherwise, an error message is returned.
<code>: a string type, without quotation marks.
READY
MT is not pending for any password.
SIM PIN
MT is waiting for UICC/SIM PIN to be given.
SIM PUK
MT is waiting for UICC/SIM PUK to be given to unblock the blocked
SIM PIN.
SIM PIN2
MT is waiting for SIM PIN2 to be given.
SIM PUK2
MT is waiting for UICC/SIM PUK2 to be given to unblock the blocked
SIM PIN2.
4.2.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
4.2.5 Example
- Run the read command:
Run:
AT+CPIN?
Response:
+CPIN: SIM PUK2
OK
The MT is blocked, and we need PUK2 code to unblock it.
- Unblock the MT's PUK2 and set the new PIN2 code as "5678" (this SIM's PUK2 code is
"87654321"):
Run:
AT+CPIN="87654321","5678"
Response:
OK
AT Command Interface Specification
Mobile Termination Control and
Status Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
78
- Try the read command again:
Run:
AT+CPIN?
Response:
+CPIN: READY
OK
- Run the test command:
Run:
AT+CPIN=?
Response:
OK
4.3 AT+CSQ-Signal Quality
4.3.1 Command Syntax
AT+CSQ
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CSQ: <rssi>,<ber><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CSQ=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CSQ: (list of supported <rssi>s),(list of supported
<ber>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
4.3.2 Interface Description
The execution command returns received signal strength indication <rssi> and channel bit
error rate <ber> from the MT. Refer to subclause 9.2 for possible <err> values in 3GPP TS
27.007.
The test command returns supported RSSI and BER values.
AT Command Interface Specification
Mobile Termination Control and
Status Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
79
4.3.3 Parameter Description
<rssi>: indicates received signal strength indication.
<rssi>
GSM or UTRAN Cell Signal Strength
0
≤ -113 dBm
1
-111 dBm
2-30
-109 dBm to -53 dBm
31
≥ -51 dBm
99
Unknown or undetectable
<ber>: an integer type value that indicates channel bit error rate (in percent). Only 99 can be
displayed. (not supported currently)
4.3.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
4.3.5 Example
- Query the MT's signal strength:
Run:
AT+CSQ
Response:
+CSQ: 19,99
OK
- Run the test command:
Run:
AT+CSQ=?
Response:
+CSQ: (0-31,99),(99)
OK
AT Command Interface Specification
Mobile Termination Control and
Status Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
80
4.4 AT+CPBS-Select Phonebook Memory Storage
4.4.1 Command Syntax
AT+CPBS=<storage>[,<reserved>]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CPBS?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CPBS: <storage>[,<used>,<total>]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CPBS=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CPBS: (list of supported <storage>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
4.4.2 Interface Description
The set command selects phonebook memory storage <storage>, which is used by other
phonebook commands. After the MT is restarted, the value of <storage> is restored to its
default value "SM".
The read command returns currently selected memory and, optionally, the number of used
locations and total number of locations in the memory.
The test command returns supported phonebook storages.
4.4.3 Parameter Description
<storage>: indicates phonebook storage type.
"SM"
SIM/UICC phonebook
"ME"
NV phonebook (not supported currently)
AT Command Interface Specification
Mobile Termination Control and
Status Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
81
"ON"
Phone number in (U)SIM/UICC card
"EN"
Emergency number in (U)SIM/UICC card
"FD"
SIM/USIM fix dialing-phonebook. In the currently selected card slot, if a SIM
card is present or if a UICC with an active GSM application is present, the
information in EFFDN under DFTelecom is selected. If a UICC with an active
USIM application is present, the information in EFFDN under ADFUSIM is
selected. (not supported currently)
<reserved>: reserved.
<used>: an integer type value that indicates the number of used locations in selected memory.
<total>: an integer type value that indicates the total number of locations in selected memory.
4.4.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
Y
4.4.5 Example
- Query the MT's phonebook storage which it supports:
Run:
AT+CPBS=?
Response:
+CPBS: ("SM","EN","ON")
OK
- Query the MT's current selecting memory:
Run:
AT+CPBS?
Response:
+CPBS: "SM",249,250
OK
- Select ON memory to storage phonebook:
Run:
AT+CPBS="ON"
Response:
OK
AT Command Interface Specification
Mobile Termination Control and
Status Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
82
4.5 AT+CPBR-Read Phonebook Entries
4.5.1 Command Syntax
AT+CPBR=<index1>[,<index2>]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>[+CPBR: <index1>,<number>,<type>,<text>][[...][<CR><LF>+CPBR:
<index2>,<number>,<type>,<text>]]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CPBR=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CPBR: (list of supported
<index>s),[<nlength>],[<tlength>]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
4.5.2 Interface Description
The execution command returns phonebook entries in location number range
<index1>...<index2> from the currently selected phonebook memory storage. The values of
<index2> must be greater than the value of <index1>.
If <index2> is left out, only the phonebook entry at location <index1> is returned.
The test command returns the location range supported by the current storage and the
maximum lengths of the <number> and <text> fields.
4.5.3 Parameter Description
<index1>, <index2>, <index>: integer type values that indicate the locations in the
phonebook memory. The values of <index1> and <index2> must be smaller than or equal to
the value of <total> returned in the response to the AT+CPBS? command, and the values of
<index2> must be greater than the value of <index1>.
<number>: string type field of maximum length <nlength>, that indicates the phone number.
<type>: indicates type of address octet in integer format. (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 subclause
10.5.4.7)
<text>: string type field of maximum length <tlength>; character set as specified by command
2.9 AT+CSCS-Select TE Character Set.
AT Command Interface Specification
Mobile Termination Control and
Status Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
83
<nlength>: an integer type value that indicates the maximum length of field <number>. When
the memory is "SM", the maximum value depends on the UICC. When the memory is "ME",
the maximum value is 40.
<tlength>: an integer type value that indicates the maximum length of field <text>. When the
memory is "SM", the maximum value depends on the UICC. When the memory is "ME", the
maximum value is 90.
4.5.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
4.5.5 Example
- Run the test command:
Run:
AT+CPBR=?
Response:
+CPBR: (1-250),24,16
OK
The module will return the different value if the inserted SIM card is different.
- Query <index1>'s phonebook content (<number>="1234567890123", <type>=129,
<text>="autoTestEdit"):
Run:
AT+CPBR=1
Response:
+CPBR: 1,"1234567890123",129,"autoTestEdit"
OK
Please make sure that the phone book index which you query must have content.
4.6 AT+CPBW-Write Phonebook Entry
4.6.1 Command Syntax
AT+CPBW=[<index>][,<number>[,<type>[,<text>]]]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT Command Interface Specification
Mobile Termination Control and
Status Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
84
AT+CPBW=[<index>][,<number>[,<type>[,<text>]]]
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CPBW?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CPBW: <written_index><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CPBW=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CPBW: (list of supported <index>s),[<nlength>],(list of supported
<type>s),[<tlength>]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
4.6.2 Interface Description
The execution command writes a phonebook entry in location number <index> in the
currently selected phonebook memory storage. If the execution command contains only the
<index> parameter, the phonebook entry at the location specified by <index> will be deleted.
If <index> is left out, but <number> is given, the entry is written to the first free location in
the phonebook.
- If an entry is written successfully and <index> is not provided, +CPBW:
<written_index> is returned, indicating the location of the entry. The <number> field
cannot be null and the <text> field can be null.
- If no location is free, +CME ERROR: memory full is returned. Phonebook entries can be
written only when the phonebook storage type <storage> of the selected phonebook
memory storage is "SM" or "ON". If the phonebook storage is of any other type, an error
message will be returned, indicating that the write operation is not allowed.
- If the UE is unable to display the full text or email, they are cut from the tail end.
The read command returns the latest value of <written_index> or returns –1 when the value of
<written_index> is invalid.
After running the AT+CPBS command to change the current phonebook storage, you need to set
<written_index> to an invalid value.
The test command returns:
AT Command Interface Specification
Mobile Termination Control and
Status Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
85
- The location range supported by the current storage;
- The list of supported <type>s;
- The maximum lengths of the <number> (excluding '+') and <text> fields.
When writing a phonebook entry, ensure that the lengths of all fields do not exceed their
maximum lengths.
4.6.3 Parameter Description
<index>: an integer type value that indicates the locations in the phonebook memory. The
values of <index> must be smaller than or equal to the value of <total> returned in the
response to the AT+CPBS? command.
<number>: string type field of maximum length <nlength>, that indicates the phone number.
<type>: indicates type of address octet in integer format (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 subclause
10.5.4.7) ; the default value is145 when dialling string includes international access code
character '+'; otherwise it is 129.
<text>: string type field of maximum length <tlength>, that indicates the name of a phone
number entry; character set as specified by command 2.9 AT+CSCS-Select TE Character Set.
<nlength>: an integer type value that indicates the maximum length of field <number>. When
the memory is "SM", the maximum value depends on the UICC. When the memory is "ME",
the maximum value is 40.
<tlength>: an integer type value that indicates the maximum length of field <text>. When the
memory is "SM", the maximum value depends on the UICC. When the memory is "ME", the
maximum value is 90.
4.6.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
4.6.5 Example
- Set phonebook memory index 1's value as follows: <number>="1234567890123",
<type>=129, <text>="autoTestEdit":
Run:
AT+CPBW=1,"1234567890123",129,"autoTestEdit"
Response:
OK
- Query last setting phonebook memory's index:
Run:
AT+CPBW?
Response:
+CPBW: 1
OK
AT Command Interface Specification
Mobile Termination Control and
Status Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
86
- Test command:
Run:
AT+CPBW=?
Response:
+CPBW: (1-250),24,(128-255),16
OK
4.7 AT+CRSM-Restricted SIM Access
4.7.1 Command Syntax
AT+CRSM=<command>[,<fileid>[,<P1>,<P2>,<P3>[,<data>[,<pathid>]]]]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CRSM: <sw1>,<sw2>[,<response>]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CRSM=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
4.7.2 Interface Description
Using this command, TE applications have limited access to the SIM card.
The set command accesses the SIM card through restricted permissions.
4.7.3 Parameter Description
<command>: indicates command passed on by the MT to the SIM.
176
READ BINARY
178
READ RECORD
192
GET RESPONSE
214
UPDATE BINARY
220
UPDATE RECORD
242
STATUS
AT Command Interface Specification
Mobile Termination Control and
Status Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
87
<fileid>: an integer type value that indicates identifier of an EF file on SIM; mandatory for
every command except STATUS.
<P1>, <P2>, <P3>: integer type values; these parameters are mandatory for every command,
except GET RESPONSE and STATUS. The values are described in GSM 11.11.
<data>: indicates information in hexadecimal format.
<pathid>: a string type value that contains the path of an elementary file on the SIM/UICC in
hexadecimal format (for example, "7F205F70"), and shall only be used in the mode "select by
path from MF" as defined in ETSI TS 102.221.
<sw1>, <sw2>: integer type values that indicates information from the SIM about the
execution of the actual command.
<response>: a string type value that indicates response of a successful completion of the
command previously issued. For UPDATE BINARY and UPDATE RECORD, no response is
returned.
4.7.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
4.7.5 Example
- Read the current state of SIM folder:
Run:
AT+CRSM=242
Response:
+CRSM:
108,41,"62278202782183023F00A50D8001718302E573C104800F55FF
8A01058B032F0601C606900100830101"
OK
- SW1=108
- SW2=41
- SIM
content="62278202782183023F00A50D8001718302E573C104800F55FF8A01058B032F0601C60
6900100830101"
- These values are described in GSM 11.11.
- Run the test command:
Run:
AT+CRSM=?
Response:
OK
AT Command Interface Specification
Mobile Termination Control and
Status Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
88
4.8 AT+CCLK-Return Current Time of the Module
4.8.1 Command Syntax
AT+CCLK=<time>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CCLK?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CCLK: <time><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CCLK=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
4.8.2 Interface Description
The set command sets the real-time clock of the MT. If setting fails in an MT error, +CME
ERROR: <err> is returned. Refer to subclause 9.2 in 3GPP TS 27.007 for <err> values.
The read command returns the current setting of the clock.
4.8.3 Parameter Description
<time>: a string type value; format is "yyyy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss±zz", where characters indicate
year, month, day, hour, minutes, seconds and time zone (indicates the difference, expressed in
quarters of an hour, between the local time and GMT; range -96...+96). E.g. 6th of May 2013,
22:10:00 GMT+2 hours equals to "2013/05/06,22:10:00+08"
If MT does not support time zone information, and then the three last characters of <time> are not
returned by AT+CCLK?. For yyyy, the valid years set is 2000-2100.
4.8.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
AT Command Interface Specification
Mobile Termination Control and
Status Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
89
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
4.8.5 Example
Run:
AT+CCLK="2013/01/06,01:14:09"
Response:
OK
Run:
AT+CCLK?
Response:
+CCLK: "2013/01/06,01:14:34"
OK
Run:
AT+CCLK=?
Response:
OK
AT Command Interface Specification
UMTS Packet Domain Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
90
5 UMTS Packet Domain Commands
5.1 AT+CGDCONT-Define PDP Context
See the AT+CGDCONT command described in 3GPP TS 27.007. The following description is
for reference only. Observe the 3GPP specifications if the following description conflicts with
the 3GPP specifications.
5.1.1 Command Syntax
AT+CGDCONT=<cid>[,<PDP_type>[,<APN>[,<PDP_addr>[,<d_comp>[,<h_co
mp>[,<IPv4AddrAlloc>[,<emergency
indication>[,<PCSCF_discovery>[,<IM_CN_Signalling_Flag_Ind>]]]]]]]]]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT+CGDCONT?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CGDCONT:
<cid>,<PDP_type>,<APN>,<PDP_addr>,<d_comp>,<h_comp>[,<IPv4AddrAlloc>[,<eme
rgency
indication>[,<PCSCF_discovery>[,<IM_CN_Signalling_Flag_Ind>]]]][<CR><LF>+CGD
CONT:
<cid>,<PDP_type>,<APN>,<PDP_addr>,<d_comp>,<h_comp>[,<IPv4AddrAlloc>[,<eme
rgency
indication>[,<PCSCF_discovery>[,<IM_CN_Signalling_Flag_Ind>]]]][...]]<CR><LF><C
R><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT+CGDCONT=?
Possible Response(s)
AT Command Interface Specification
UMTS Packet Domain Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
91
AT+CGDCONT=?
<CR><LF>+CGDCONT: (list of supported <cid>s),<PDP_type>,,,(list of supported
<d_comp>s),(list of supported <h_comp>s),(list of supported <IPv4AddrAlloc>s),(list of
supported <emergency indication>s)[,(list of supported <PCSCF_discovery>s),(list of
supported <IM_CN_Signalling_Flag_Ind>s)][<CR><LF>+CGDCONT: (list of supported
<cid>s),<PDP_type>,,,(list of supported <d_comp>s),(list of supported <h_comp>s),(list of
supported <IPv4AddrAlloc>s),(list of supported <emergency indication>s)[,(list of
supported <PCSCF_discovery>s),(list of supported
<IM_CN_Signalling_Flag_Ind>s)][...]]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
5.1.2 Interface Description
The MT locally saves a group of PDP contexts with <cid> as the index. Each record of the
saved setting environment contains a group of PDP-related parameters.
The set command saves the group of PDP-related parameters in the PDP contexts that use
<cid> as the index. Each PDP context is initially undefined. After the set command saves a
group of parameters in a PDP context, the PDP context is defined. The number of defined
PDP contexts that can be saved at the same time is determined by the value range of <cid>.
A special form of the set command, AT+CGDCONT=<cid> causes the values for context
number <cid> to become undefined.
Because the LTE module needs a default PDP context (profile 0) to register on the LTE network, the
default PDP context should not be removed. And the corresponding <cid> is 0, so you cannot execute
AT+CGDCONT=0.
The read command queries the current settings for each defined context displayed in a
separate line.
If all PDP contexts are undefined, the default parameters of PDP context are returned. In which, the
default value of <cid> is 1, and it will be saved when MT is powered off.
The test command returns all the values supported for each context. In the response, the
<PDP_type> value supported by the MT is taken as the index and displayed in a separate line.
Each context has a confirmed <PDP_type> value and includes the supported value ranges of
other parameters with the specified<PDP_type> value. Each context is displayed in a separate
line.
5.1.3 Parameter Description
<cid>:
0-11
Index of a PDP context. Other PDP-related commands can use this index to
use the defined PDP context.
12-20
Reserved for internal use, not configurable.
21-31
Reserved for the network side for initiation of PDP context activation, not
configurable.
AT Command Interface Specification
UMTS Packet Domain Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
92
<PDP_type>: a string parameter that specifies the type of packet data protocol.
"IP"
Internet Protocol
"PPP"
Point to point Protocol(not supported currently)
"IPV6"
IPV6 Protocol
"IPV4V6"
IPV4V6 Dual Stack
<APN>: a string parameter which is a logical name that is used to select the GGSN or the
external packet data network. The maximum length of <APN> is 99 characters. If the value is
null or omitted, the subscription value will be requested.
<PDP_addr>: a string parameter that identifies the MT in the IPv4 address space applicable to
the PDP. If the values of <PDP_addr> is got dynamically, the read command returns "" or
"0.0.0.0". (not supported currently)
<d_comp>: a numeric parameter that controls PDP data compression. (not supported
currently)
0
Off
1
On
2
V.42bis
3
V.44 (not supported currently)
<h_comp>: a numeric parameter that controls PDP header compression.
0
Off
1
On
2
RFC1144 (applicable for SNDCP only)
3
RFC2507
4
RFC3095 (not supported currently)
- If <h_comp> is not specified, it is equivalent to set <h_comp> to 0.
- If <d_comp> is not specified, it is equivalent to set <d_comp> to 0.
<IPv4AddrAlloc>: a numeric parameter that controls the mode for obtaining an IPv4 address.
(not supported currently)
0
NAS mode
1
DHCP mode
AT Command Interface Specification
UMTS Packet Domain Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
93
<emergency indication>: a numeric parameter that specifies whether PDP can be used for
emergency bearer services. (not supported currently)
0
PDP cannot be used for emergency bearer services.
1
PDP can be used for emergency bearer services.
<PCSCF_discovery>: an integer type value indicates how the MT/TA requests to get the
P-CSCF address.
0
Preference of P-CSCF address discovery not influenced by AT+CGDCONT
1
Preference of P-CSCF address discovery through NAS signalling
2
Preference of P-CSCF address discovery through DHCP
<IM_CN_Signalling_Flag_Ind>: an integer type value indicates to the network whether the
PDP context is for IM CN subsystem-related signalling only or not.
0
UE indicates that the PDP context is not for IM CN subsystem-related signalling
only.
1
UE indicates that the PDP context is for IM CN subsystem-related signalling
only.
5.1.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
Y
N
5.1.5 Example
Run:
AT+CGDCONT=?
Response:
+CGDCONT:
(0-11),"IP",,,(0-2),(0-3),(0,1),(0,1),(0-2),(0,1)
+CGDCONT:
(0-11),"IPV6",,,(0-2),(0-3),(0,1),(0,1),(0-2),(0,1)
+CGDCONT:
(0-11),"IPV4V6",,,(0-2),(0-3,(0,1),(0,1),(0-2),(0,1)
OK
Run:
AT+CGDCONT?
AT Command Interface Specification
UMTS Packet Domain Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
94
Response:
+CGDCONT: 0,"IP","vcol.com","0.0.0.0",0,0,0,0,0,0
+CGDCONT: 11,"IP","xyz.com","0.0.0.0",0,0,0,0,0,0
OK
The MT saves one PDP context, and the <cid> value of this context is 10.
Run:
AT+CGDCONT=10,"IP","abc.com"
Response:
OK
This command saves one PDP context to the MT and the <cid> value is 10.
Run:
AT+CGDCONT?
Response:
+CGDCONT: 0,"IP","vcol.com","0.0.0.0",0,0,0,0,0,0
+CGDCONT: 10,"IP","abc.com","0.0.0.0",0,0,0,0,0,0
+CGDCONT: 11,"IP","xyz.com","0.0.0.0",0,0,0,0,0,0
OK
The response shows that the PDP context has been successfully saved to the MT at the previous step.
Run:
AT+CGDCONT=10
Response:
OK
This command removes the PDP context with <cid>=10.
Run:
AT+CGDCONT?
Response:
+CGDCONT: 0,"IP","vcol.com","0.0.0.0",0,0,0,0,0,0
+CGDCONT: 11,"IP","xyz.com","0.0.0.0",0,0,0,0,0,0
OK
The response shows that the PDP context with <cid>=10 has been removed.
AT Command Interface Specification
UMTS Packet Domain Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
95
5.2 AT+CGACT-Activate or Deactivate PDP Context
5.2.1 Command Syntax
AT+CGACT=[<state>[,<cid>[,<cid>[,...]]]]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CGACT?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CGACT: <cid>,<state>[<CR><LF>+CGACT:
<cid>,<state>[...]]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CGACT=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CGACT: (list of supported <state>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
5.2.2 Interface Description
The execution command activates or deactivates the specified PDP context(s). If <cid> is not
specified, all PDP contexts are activated or deactivated.
The read command queries the defined PDP Activation state.
The test command returns the supported values of <state>.
5.2.3 Parameter Description
<state>: an integer type value that indicates the state of PDP context activation.
0
Deactivated
1
Activated
AT Command Interface Specification
UMTS Packet Domain Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
96
<cid>: the index of a PDP context, specifies a particular PDP context definition, see 5.1
AT+CGDCONT-Define PDP Context.
5.2.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
5.2.5 Example
- Query the value range of PDP Activation state:
Run:
AT+CGACT=?
Response:
+CGACT: (0,1)
OK
- Query the current PDP Activation state:
Run:
AT+CGACT?
Response:
+CGACT: 1,0
+CGACT: 21,0
+CGACT: 22,0
+CGACT: 23,0
+CGACT: 24,0
+CGACT: 25,0
+CGACT: 26,0
+CGACT: 27,0
+CGACT: 28,0
+CGACT: 29,0
+CGACT: 30,0
+CGACT: 31,0
OK
- Activate or deactivate PDP contexts:
Run:
AT+CGACT=1,1
Response:
OK
Run:
AT+CGACT=0,1
Response:
OK
AT Command Interface Specification
UMTS Packet Domain Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
97
5.3 AT+CGATT-Attach or Detach PS Domain
5.3.1 Command Syntax
AT+CGATT=[<state>]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CGATT?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CGATT: <state><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CGATT=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CGATT: (list of supported <state>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
5.3.2 Interface Description
The set command attaches the MT to, or detaches the MT from the PS domain service. After
the command has been completed, the MT remains in ITU-T V.25 ter command state. If the
MT is already in the requested state, the command is ignored and OK is returned. If the
requested state cannot be achieved, an ERROR or +CME ERROR: <err> response is returned.
Extended error responses are enabled by the AT+CMEE command.
Any active PDP contexts will be automatically deactivated when the attachment state changes
to the detachment state.
The read command queries the current GPRS service state.
The test command returns information about the supported PS domain service states.
5.3.3 Parameter Description
<state>: indicates the state of PS domain service.
AT Command Interface Specification
UMTS Packet Domain Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
98
0
Detached
1
Attached
Other values are reserved and will result in an ERROR response to the set command.
5.3.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
5.3.5 Example
- Query the value range of PS domain service states:
Run:
AT+CGATT=?
Response:
+CGATT: (0,1)
OK
- Query the current GPRS service state:
Run:
AT+CGATT?
Response:
+CGATT: 0
OK
- Attach or Detach PS Domain:
Run:
AT+CGATT=1
Response:
OK
Run:
AT+CGATT=0
Response:
OK
5.4 AT+CGREG-PS Domain Registration Status
5.4.1 Command Syntax
AT+CGREG[=<n>]
Possible Response(s)
AT Command Interface Specification
UMTS Packet Domain Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
99
AT+CGREG[=<n>]
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CGREG?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CGREG:
<n>,<stat>[,<lac>,<ci>[,<AcT>,<rac>]]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CGREG=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CGREG: (list of supported <n>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
5.4.2 Interface Description
The set command controls the presentation of an unsolicited result code +CGREG.
- when <n>=1 and there is a change in the MT's network registration status, +CGREG:
<stat> is presented.
- When <n>=2 and there is a change in the network cell, +CGREG:
<stat>[,<lac>,<ci>,[,<AcT>,<rac>]] is presented. In this case <AcT>, <lac>, <rac> and
<ci> are sent only if available.
The read command queries the current registration state <stat>. Location information
elements <lac> and <ci> are returned only when <n>=2.
The test command returns the <n>'s values supported by the UE.
5.4.3 Parameter Description
<n>:
0
Disable unsolicited result code +CGREG. (default value)
1
Enable unsolicited result code +CGREG: <stat>.
AT Command Interface Specification
UMTS Packet Domain Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
100
2
Enable network registration and location information unsolicited result code
+CGREG: <stat>[,<lac>,<ci>[,<AcT>,<rac>]].
If <n> is not specified, it is equivalent to set <n> to 0.
<stat>:
0
Not registered, MT is not currently searching for a new operator to register with.
1
Registered, home network
2
Not registered, but MT is currently searching a new operator to register with.
3
Registration denied
4
Unknown
5
Registered, roaming
<lac>: a string type value that indicates four-character location area code in hexadecimal
format. (for example, "00C3" equals 195 in decimal).
<ci>: a string type value that indicates four-character cell ID in hexadecimal format.
<AcT>: a numeric parameter that indicates the access technology of the serving cell.
0
GSM
1
GSM Compact
2
UTRAN
3
GSM w/EGPRS[1]
4
UTRAN w/HSDPA[2]
5
UTRAN w/HSUPA[2]
6
UTRAN w/HSDPA and HSUPA[2]
7
E-UTRAN
[1] 3GPP TS 44.060 specifies the system information messages which give the information about
whether the serving cell supports EGPRS.
[2] 3GPP TS 25.331 specifies the system information blocks which give the information about whether
the serving cell supports HSDPA or HSUPA.
<rac>: a string type value that indicates one byte routing area code in hexadecimal format.
(not supported currently)
AT Command Interface Specification
UMTS Packet Domain Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
101
5.4.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
Y
5.4.5 Example
Run:
AT+CGREG?
Response:
+CGREG: 0,1
OK
Run:
AT+CGREG=?
Response:
+CGREG: (0-2)
OK
5.5 AT+CGSMS-SMS Bearer Domain
5.5.1 Command Syntax
AT+CGSMS=<service>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CGSMS?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CGSMS: <service><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CGSMS=?
Possible Response(s)
AT Command Interface Specification
UMTS Packet Domain Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
102
AT+CGSMS=?
<CR><LF>+CGSMS: (list of supported <service>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
5.5.2 Interface Description
The set command sets the SMS bearer domain, that is, the selection of the CS/PS domain.
The read command queries the current SMS bearer domain.
The test command returns the supported parameter values.
5.5.3 Parameter Description
<service>:
0
PS domain
1
CS domain
2
PS domain preferred
3
CS domain preferred (default value)
The value of <service> is specified depending on the network registration status.
5.5.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
5.5.5 Example
- Query the value range of SMS bearer domain:
Run:
AT+CGSMS=?
Response:
+CGSMS: (0-3)
OK
- Query the current domain type which SMS used:
Run:
AT+CGSMS?
AT Command Interface Specification
UMTS Packet Domain Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
103
Response:
+CGSMS: 3
OK
- Set the SMS bearer domain type:
Run:
AT+CGSMS=0
Response:
OK
Run:
AT+CGSMS=1
Response:
OK
Run:
AT+CGSMS=2
Response:
OK
5.6 AT+CGPADDR-Show PDP Address
5.6.1 Command Syntax
AT+CGPADDR=[<cid>[,<cid>[,...]]]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CGPADDR: <cid>,<PDP_addr>[<CR><LF>+CGPADDR:
<cid>,<PDP_addr><CR><LF>[...]]<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CGPADDR=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CGPADDR: (list of supported <cid>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
5.6.2 Interface Description
The execution command returns a list of PDP addresses for the specified context identifiers.
The test command returns a list of supported <cid>s.
AT Command Interface Specification
UMTS Packet Domain Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
104
5.6.3 Parameter Description
<cid>: a numeric parameter that specifies a particular PDP context definition (see 5.1
AT+CGDCONT-Define PDP Context and AT+CGDSCONT (refer to 3GPP TS 27.007
subclause 10.1.2)). If no <cid> is specified, the addresses for all defined contexts are returned.
<PDP_addr>: a string that identifies the MS in the address space applicable to the PDP. The
address may be static or dynamic.
- For a static address, it will be the one set by 5.1 AT+CGDCONT-Define PDP Context
and AT+CGDSCONT when the context was defined.
- For a dynamic address it will be the one assigned during the last PDP context activation
that used the context definition referred to by <cid>. <PDP_address> is omitted if none
is available.
5.6.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
5.6.5 Example
- If the terminal is configured with two profiles numbered 1 and 10:
Run:
AT+CGPADDR=?
Response:
+CGPADDR: (1,10)
OK
- If the terminal obtains the IP address 192.168.70.1 with profile 1:
Run:
AT+CGPADDR=1
Response:
+CGPADDR: 1,192.168.70.1
OK
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
105
6 Normal Commands for SMS
6.1 AT+CPMS-Preferred Message Storage
6.1.1 Command Syntax
AT+CPMS=<mem1>[,<mem2>[,<mem3>]]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CPMS:
<used1>,<total1>,<used2>,<total2>,<used3>,<total3><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><L
F>
In case of an MS-related error:
<CR><LF>+CMS ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CPMS?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CPMS:
<mem1>,<used1>,<total1>,<mem2>,<used2>,<total2>,<mem3>,<used3>,<total3><CR><
LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MS-related error:
<CR><LF>+CMS ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CPMS=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CPMS: (list of supported <mem1>s),(list of supported <mem2>s),(list of
supported <mem3>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MS-related error:
<CR><LF>+CMS ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
106
6.1.2 Interface Description
The set command selects memory storages <mem1>, <mem2> and <mem3> to be used for
reading, writing, etc. The set command also sets the usage of the currently selected memory
storages.
The read command queries the names and the usage of the selected memory storages.
The test command returns lists of memory storages supported by the MT.
6.1.3 Parameter Description
<mem1>: a string type value that specifies the memory storage used for reading and deleting
messages.
"SM"
(U)SIM card
"ME"
NV (not supported currently)
"BM"
Broadcast message storage (not supported currently)
"MT"
Any of the storages associated with ME (not supported currently)
"TA"
TA message storage (not supported currently)
"SR"
Status report storage (not supported currently)
The value of <mem1> is related to the specification supported by the MT. You cannot set
<mem1> to a memory storage that is not supported. Otherwise, an error message is returned.
<mem2>: a string type value that specifies the memory storage used for writing and sending
messages. Available values of this field are the same as those of the <mem1> field.
<mem3>: a string type value that specifies the memory storage used for receiving messages.
Available values of this field are the same as those of the <mem1> field.
<total1>: an integer type value that indicates the capacity of <mem1> for storing messages.
<total2>: an integer type value that indicates the capacity of <mem2> for storing messages.
<total3>: an integer type value that indicates the capacity of <mem3> for storing messages.
<used1>: an integer type value that indicates the number of messages currently saved in the
memory storage specified by <mem1>.
<used2>: an integer type value that indicates the number of messages currently saved in the
memory storage specified by <mem2>.
<used3>: an integer type value that indicates the number of messages currently saved in the
memory storage specified by <mem3>.
The settings of <mem3> are not saved when the MT is powered off. The values of <mem1> and
<mem2> are consistent with that of <mem3> when the MT is powered on again.
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
107
6.1.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
Y
6.1.5 Example
- Query the types of supported storage using the test command:
Run:
AT+CPMS=?
Response:
+CPMS: ("SM"),("SM"),("SM")
OK
- Query the current storage type, used storage space and maximum storage capacity:
Run:
AT+CPMS?
Response:
+CPMS: "SM",0,23,"SM",0,23,"SM",0,23
OK
- Set the storage type using the test command:
Run:
AT+CPMS="SM","SM","SM"
Response:
+CPMS: 0,23,0,23,0,23
OK
6.2 AT+CMGF-Message Format
6.2.1 Command Syntax
AT+CMGF[=<mode>]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT+CMGF?
Possible Response(s)
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
108
AT+CMGF?
<CR><LF>+CMGF: <mode><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT+CMGF=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CMGF: (list of supported <mode>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
6.2.2 Interface Description
The set command sets the message format. The format is specified by <mode>, which can be
either PDU mode or text mode.
The read command queries the currently selected mode.
The test command returns available values of <mode>.
6.2.3 Parameter Description
<mode>:
0
PDU mode (default value)
1
Text mode
If <mode> is not specified, it is equivalent to set <mode> to 0.
6.2.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
N
6.2.5 Example
Set the message format to PDU format:
Run:
AT+CMGF=0
Response:
OK
For details about the structure of a PDU packet, refer to the 3GPP TS 23.040.
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
109
6.3 AT+CNMI-New Message Indications to TE
6.3.1 Command Syntax
AT+CNMI[=<mode>[,<mt>[,<bm>[,<ds>[,<bfr>]]]]]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MS-related error:
<CR><LF>+CMS ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CNMI?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CNMI:
<mode>,<mt>,<bm>,<ds>,<bfr><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT+CNMI=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CNMI: (list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported <mt>s),(list of
supported <bm>s),(list of supported <ds>s),(list of supported
<bfr>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
6.3.2 Interface Description
The set command selects the procedure of receiving new messages from the network.
The read command queries the current parameter values.
The test command returns the supported parameter values.
- In 3GPP, the values set in this command are reset to 0 after the MT is restarted. In this case, no
messages are sent to the TE. AT+CNMI=0,0,0,0,0 is not recommended.
- In 3GPP, AT+CNMI is equivalent to AT+CNMI=0,0,0,0,0.
6.3.3 Parameter Description
<mode>: controls how new message indications are sent.
0
Buffer SMS-DELIVER indications in the ME. If the ME buffer is full, then the
oldest indication is overwritten by the latest indication. (default value)
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
110
1
Directly send SMS-DELIVER indications to the TE. When a SMS-DELIVER
indication cannot be sent (for example, when in online data mode), it will be
discarded.
2
Directly send SMS-DELIVER indications and message status reports to the TE.
When a SMS-DELIVER indication and message status report cannot be sent (for
example, when in online data mode), they are buffered in the ME and sent to the
TE when they can be sent.
SMS-DELIVER indications are buffered in the MT's volatile memory. If the MT is powered off before
the indications are sent, messages may be lost. Therefore, when <mode> is set to 0 or 2, messages are
not recommended to be directly sent to the TE (that is, <mt> is not supported to be set to 2 or 3).
<mt>: sets the rules for saving messages and sending SMS-DELIVER indications. There are
four modes for storing new messages and sending new message indications.
0
No SMS-DELIVER indications are routed to the TE. (default value)
1
Stores SMS-DELIVER indications on the MT and sends storage location
indication to the TE.
+CMTI: <mem>,<index>
2
Does not store SMS-DELIVER indications on the MT but directly sends them to
the TE.
- If PDU mode enabled (AT+CMGF=0):
+CMT: [<reserved>],<length><CR><LF><pdu>
3
Stores SMS-DELIVER indications on the MT, but does not send
SMS-DELIVER indications to the TE.
The following figure illustrates the interaction between the TE and the MT for the previous
three modes.
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
111
New message directly deliver
indication (+CMT)
TE
New message acknowledgement (+CNMA)
MT
New Message
RP-ACK
Network
1.Report the short message to
the TE, and send RP-ERROR
if no acknowledgement is
received in a certain time.
New message directly
deliver indication (+CMT) New Message
Network timeout
Not acknowledged in a certain time
New Message
RP-ACK
Store the short message in the MS and
report the storage position (+CMTI) 2.Store the short message to
the MS, send RP-ACK to the
network, and report the
storage position.
New Message
RP-ACK
Store the short message in the MS
and not report the notice
3.Store the short message to
the MS, send RP-ACK to the
network, but not report the
notice.
The following table describes the <mt> values and the corresponding indications.
<mt>
no class or class 1
class 0 or message
waiting indication
group (discard)
class 2 or message
waiting indication
group (store)
class 3
0
-
-
-
-
1
+CMTI
[+CMTI]
+CMTI
+CMTI
2
+CMT&+CNMA
+CMT[&+CNMA]
+CMTI
+CMT&+CNMA
3
+CMTI
[+CMTI]
+CMTI
+CMT&+CNMA
- The SMS class is defined by the TP-DCS domain of the SMS. For details, see the description of
<DCS> in 7.8 AT+CMGS-Send Message (PDU Mode).
- +CMT & +CNMA indicates that the TE is required to send the confirmation (+CNMA).
<bm>: sets the rules for saving CBMs and sending CBM indications.
0
No CBM indications are routed to the TE. (default value)
1
If CBM is stored into ME/TA, indication that the memory location is routed to the
TE using unsolicited result code:
+CBMI: <mem>,<index> (not supported currently)
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
112
2
New CBMs are routed directly to the TE using unsolicited result code:
- If PDU mode enabled (AT+CMGF=0):
+CBM: <length><CR><LF><pdu>
- If ME supports data coding groups which define special routing also for
messages other than class 3 (e.g. (U)SIM specific messages), ME may choose
not to route messages of such data coding schemes into TE (indication of a
stored CBM may be given as defined in <bm>=1).
3
Class 3 CBMs are routed directly to TE using unsolicited result codes defined in
<bm>=2. If CBM storage is supported, messages of other classes result in
indication as defined in <bm>=1. (not supported currently)
Table 6-1 <bm> parameter
<bm>
Receiving procedure for different message data coding schemes
(refer 3GPP TS 23.038)
0
All schemes: as in 3GPP TS 23.038; if CBM storage is supported, store message
to "BM" (or some manufacturer or data coding scheme specific memory).
1
All schemes: as <bm>=0 but send indication if message stored successfully.
2
All schemes: route message to TE unless ME has detected a special routing to
somewhere else (e.g. to (U)SIM; an indication may be sent if message stored
successfully).
3
Class 3: route message to TE
others: as <bm>=1 (if CBM memory storage is supported).
<ds>: sets whether to send message status reports.
0
Do not send message status reports. (default value)
1
Do not store message status reports to the MT and directly send the reports to the
TE.
- If PDU mode enabled (AT+CMGF=0):
+CDS: <length><CR><LF><pdu>
2
Store message status reports to the MT and send the storage location to the TE
using +CDSI.
+CDSI: <mem>,<index>
<bfr>:
0
TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is flushed to
the TE when <mode> ranges from 0 to2 is entered (OK response shall be given
before flushing the codes). (default value)
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
113
1
TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is cleared
when <mode>=0-2 is entered.
6.3.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
N
6.3.5 Example
- AT+CNMI=1,1,0,1,0
Class 1 messages are stored to the MT, and then storage locations are reported (+CMTI:
"SM",1). Message status reports are directly sent (+CDS:).
If SMS-DELIVER indications cannot be sent (for example, when in online data state),
they will be discarded.
- AT+CNMI=1,1,0,2,0
Class 1 messages are stored to the MS, and then storage locations are reported (+CMTI:
"SM",1). Message status reports are stored to the MS, and then storage locations are
reported (+CDSI: "SM",2).
If SMS-DELIVER indications cannot be sent (for example, when in online data state),
they will be discarded.(The SMS messages and SMS-DELIVER indications are stored in
the MS and can be read using the AT+CMGL command; however, the TE cannot receive
the indications.)
- Other commonly-used settings include:
AT+CNMI=1,1,0,0,0: store the messages, and then send the storage locations to the TE;
do not send the message status reports.
AT+CNMI=1,2,0,0,0: do not store the messages but directly send them to the TE; do not
send the message status reports.
6.4 AT+CNMA-New Message Acknowledgement (PDU
Mode)
6.4.1 Command Syntax
If PDU mode enabled (AT+CMGF=0):
AT+CNMA[=<n>[,<length>[<CR>PDU is given<ctrl-Z/ESC>]]]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MS-related error:
<CR><LF>+CMS ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
114
AT+CNMA=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CNMA: (list of supported <n>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
6.4.2 Interface Description
The execution command acknowledges the reception of a new message that is routed directly
to the TE. This acknowledgement command shall be used when AT+CSMS parameter
<service> equals 1. For the use of this command, see 6.3 AT+CNMI-New Message
Indications to TE.
- Set AT+CSMS=1 before AT+CNMI is set.
- The unsolicited report CDS is not supported to be confirmed by the command AT+CNMA currently.
In PDU mode, either positive (RP-ACK) or negative (RP-ERROR) acknowledgement can be
sent to the network. The parameter <n> defines which acknowledgement to be send.
Optionally an acknowledgement TPDU (SMS-DELIVER-REPORT for RP-ACK or
RP-ERROR) may be sent to the network. The entering of PDU is done similarly as specified
in 7.8 AT+CMGS-Send Message (PDU Mode), except that the format of <ackpdu> is used
instead of <pdu>. PDU shall not be bounded by double quotation marks.
Before the previous message is acknowledged, the MT will not send another +CMT result
code to the TE.
If the MT does not receive acknowledgement within required time (network timeout), the MT
will send RP-ERROR to the network and automatically set both <mt> and <ds> values of
AT+CNMI to zero to prevent SMS-DELIVER indications and message status reports from
being sent to the TE. To enable the MT to send SMS-DELIVER indications and message
status reports to the TE, <mt> and <ds> must be reset.
If the command is executed when no acknowledgement is expected, +CMS ERROR: <err> is
returned.
The test command returns a list of supported <n> values. If the value supported is 0 only,
sending of TPDU is not supported.
6.4.3 Parameter Description
<n>:
0
Command operates similarly as defined for the text mode.
1
Send RP-ACK (or buffered result code received correctly).
2
Send RP-ERROR.
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
115
<ackpdu>: indicates basic elements.
Abbr
Reference
P1)
P2)
Description
TP-MTI
TP-Message Type Indicator
M
2b
TP-message type
TP-UDHI
TP-User-Data-Header-Indication
O
b
Indicates that the TP-UD has
one header.
TP-PI
TP-Parameter-Indicator
M
o
Indicates the optional
parameters.
TP-PID
TP-Protocol-Identifier
O
o
Protocol ID
TP-DCS
TP-Data-Coding-Scheme
O
o
Data coding scheme
TP-UDL
TP-User-Data-Length
O
o
User data length
TP-UD
TP-User-Data
O
3)
User data
- Mandatory (M) or Optional (O).
- Integer (I), Bit (b), 2 bits (2b), octet (o).
- Depending on TP-DCS.
Number
of Octets
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
TP-MTI, TP-UDHI
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
TP-PI
0,1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
TP-PID
0,1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
TP-DCS
0,1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
TP-UDL
0 to 159
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
TP-UD
Bits 7 and 2-5 of the first byte are not used in SMS-DELIVER-REPORT. The sender should
set them to zero. If any of those bits is not zero, it will be omitted by the recipient.
Description of the basic elements:
<TP-MTI>: indicates TP-message type; bit 0 and bit 1 of the first byte.
bit1
bit0
Message type
0
0
SMS-DELIVER (in the direction SC to MT)
0
0
SMS-DELIVER (in the direction SC to MT)
1
0
SMS-STATUS-REPORT (in the direction SC to MT)
1
0
SMS-COMMAND (in the direction MT to SC)
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
116
0
1
SMS-SUBMIT (in the direction MT to SC)
0
1
SMS-SUBMIT-REPORT (in the direction SC to MT)
1
1
Reserved
<TP-UDHI>: indicates that the TP-UD has one header; bit 6 of the first byte.
0
The TP-UD field contains SMS message only.
1
There is a header at the beginning of the TP-UD field.
<TP-PI>: indicates the optional parameters. Setting the bit to 1 indicates that the
corresponding parameter exits.
bit 7
bit 6
bit 5
bit 4
bit 3
bit 2
bit 1
bit 0
Extension bit
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
TP-UDL
TP-DCS
TP-PID
<TP-PID>: indicates protocol ID. When sending a message, the TE sets <TP-PID> to the
default value 00000000. When sending an email, the TE sets <TP-PID> to 00110010=0x32.
<TP-DCS>: indicates the TE adopts the TP-DSC mode to send a message.
Bit 7-bit 6
(TE uses
this
TP-DCS
mode)
00: used by
TE when
sending a
message.
Bit 5
0
TE sets bit 5 to zero, indicating the message is not
compressed.
1
If bit 5 is set to 1, the message is compressed. TE does
not use this value.
Bit 4
0
When TE sets bit 4 to 0, bit 1 and bit 0 are reserved and
set to 00.
1
When bit 4 is set to 1, bit 1 and bit 0 indicate the
message type.
A message's type is dependent on user settings. If the
user specifies a message type (for example, class 1 or
class 2), TE sets bit 4 to 1.
Bit 3-2:
message
encoding
scheme
00
GSM 7-bit encoding scheme; default.
01
8-bit encoding scheme
10
UCS2 encoding scheme. TE uses this value when the
user inputs Chinese characters.
Bit 1-0:
message type;
set by TE
according to
users'
00
Class 0. Messages are displayed on the user interface but
not stored. A response is sent to the SC to acknowledge
the reception of the message.
01
Class 1. Messages are stored to the MT, or to the SIM
card when the message storage on the MT is used up.
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
117
selection
10
Class 2. Messages are stored to the SIM card only. After
a class 2 message is stored, the storage state will be sent
to the SC. If the SIM card is full, a response is sent to
the SC to notify it of the occurrence and cause of
message storage failure.
11
Class 3. Messages are stored to the TE. When the MT
receives the message, it sends a response to the SC
before routing the message to the TE.
Bit 7-bit 4
(TE does
not use
this
TP-DCS
mode)
1100 and
1101: GSM
7 bit
encoding
1110:
uncompres
sed UCS2
encoding
scheme)
Bit 3
0
Disable the message waiting indication feature.
At present, the message waiting indication feature is not
supported for enhanced messages, email messages and
voicemail messages.
1
Enable the message waiting indication feature.
Bit 2
0
Reserved
Bit 1-0:
message
waiting type
00
Voice message waiting
01
Fax message waiting
10
Email message waiting
11
Message of unknown type waiting
1111: not
used by TE
Bit 3
0
Reserved
Bit 2
0
7-bit encoding
1
8-bit encoding scheme
Bit 1-0
00
Class 0. Messages are displayed on the user interface but
not stored. A response is sent to the SC to acknowledge
the reception of the message.
01
Class 1. Messages are stored to the MT (NV memory) or
the SIM card.
10
Class 2. Messages are stored to the SIM card only. After
a class 2 message is stored, the storage state will be sent
to the SC.
11
Class 3. Messages are stored to the TE. When the MT
receives the message, it sends a response to the SC
before routing the message to the TE.
<TP-UDL>: indicates the number of bytes that the user data field occupies. If <TP-UDL> is 0,
the user data field does not exist.
<TP-UD>: indicates the user data field may contain a user data header. If the header is
contained (that is, the value of bit 6 in byte 0 is 1), the value of TP-UDL equals to the length
of the User-Data-Header plus the length of the User-Data. The value of <TP-UDL> depends
on the encoding scheme:
- If the default encoding scheme (7-bit encoding) is used, <TP-UDL> indicates the
number of septets contained in the user data.
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
118
- If the 8-bit encoding scheme is used, <TP-UDL> indicates the number of octets
contained in the user data.
- If the UCS2 encoding scheme is used, <TP-UDL> also indicates the number of octets
contained in the user data.
- If 7-bit, 8-bit or UCS2 compression encoding is used, <TP-UDL> indicates the number
of octets contained in the compressed user data.
Figure 6-1 and Figure 6-2 illustrate the formats of the user data encoded using different
schemes.
Figure 6-1 User data encoded using the default 7-bit encoding scheme
UDL UDHL IEIa IEIDLa IEDa IEIb …... IEIn IEDLn IEDn Fill bits SM (7bit data)
Total number of Octets Septet Boundary
Total number of Septets
Length Indicator
Length Indicator
Octets Octets
Figure 6-2 User data encoded using the 8-bit or UCS2 encoding scheme
UDL UDHL IEIa IEIDLa IEDa IEIb …... IEIn IEDLn IEDn SM (8bit data or UCS2 data)
Total number of Octets Octet Boundary
Total number of Octets
Length Indicator
Length Indicator
Octets Octets
In Figure 6-1 and Figure 6-2, IEI is short for Information Element Identifier.
6.4.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
6.4.5 Example
- Firstly, set AT commands orderly as follows:
Run:
AT+CSMS=1
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
119
Response:
+CSMS: 1,1,1
OK
Run:
AT+CNMI=2,2,0,1
Response:
OK
- After a new message is routed directly to the TE, AT+CNMA should be set within
required time to send positive acknowledgement to the network.
Response:
+CMT: ,24
0891683108608805F9240D91683109731147F40000313050124360000
4F4F29C0E
Run:
AT+CNMA
Response:
OK
6.5 +CMTI-New SMS-DELIVER Indication
6.5.1 Command Syntax
URC
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CMTI: <mem>,<index><CR><LF>
6.5.2 Interface Description
This command indicates that a new message is received.
6.5.3 Parameter Description
<mem>:
"BM"
Broadcast message storage (not supported currently)
"ME"
ME message storage (not supported currently)
"MT"
ME-related memory (not supported currently)
"SM"
(U)SIM message storage
"TA"
TA SMS storage (not supported currently)
"SR"
Status report storage (not supported currently)
<index>: an integer type value that indicates the location in the storage.
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
120
6.5.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
NA
6.5.5 Example
If the SMS received and MS stores the message on the SIM card, and presents the new
message indication, a message similar to the following is displayed:
Response:
+CMTI: "SM",4
Presents the storage and location without
solicitation.
6.6 +CDSI-New SMS Status Report Indication
6.6.1 Command Syntax
URC
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CDSI: <mem>,<index><CR><LF>
6.6.2 Interface Description
This command notifies the receiving of a new SMS status report and the memory location
where the report is stored.
6.6.3 Parameter Description
<mem>:
"SM"
SIM/USIM SMS memory
"ME"
NV SMS memory (not supported currently)
"SR"
Status report storage (not supported currently)
<index>: an integer type value that indicates location in the memory.
6.6.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
121
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
NA
6.6.5 Example
If message status reports received and MS store message status reports to the MT and send the
storage location to the TE, a message similar to the following is displayed:
Response:
+CDSI: "SM",17
6.7 AT+CMGD-Delete Message
6.7.1 Command Syntax
AT+CMGD=<index>[,<delflag>]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MS-related error:
<CR><LF>+CMS ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CMGD=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CMGD: (list of supported <index>s)[,(list of supported
<delflag>s)]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
6.7.2 Interface Description
The execution command deletes the message at location <index> in the storage <mem1>. For
details about <mem1>, see 6.1 AT+CPMS-Preferred Message Storage.
- If <delflag> is set to a value other than 0, the MT ignores <index> and executes the
command as specified by <delflag>.
- If the deletion fails, +CMS ERROR: <err> is returned.
The test command returns storage locations that have messages and supported <deflag>
values.
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
122
6.7.3 Parameter Description
<index>: indicates the storage location where the message is stored.
<delflag>:
0
Delete the message stored at the location specified by <index>. (default value)
1
Delete all the read messages saved in the preferred storage, and keep the unread,
sent, and unsent ones.
2
Delete all the read and sent messages saved in the preferred storage, and keep the
unread and unsent ones.
3
Delete all the read, sent, and unsent messages saved in the preferred storage, and
keep the unread ones.
4
Delete all messages saved in the preferred storage, including the unread ones.
6.7.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
6.7.5 Example
- Delete the message stored in index 1using the execution command:
Run:
AT+CMGD=1
Response:
OK
- Delete all the message in the current storage using the execution command:
Run:
AT+CMGD=1,4
Response:
OK
AT Command Interface Specification
SMS Service Interface (3GPP)
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
123
7 SMS Service Interface (3GPP)
7.1 +CMT-New Message Directly Deliver Indication (PDU
Mode)
7.1.1 Command Syntax
If PDU mode enabled (AT+CMGF=0):
URC
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CMT: [<reserved>],<length><CR><LF><pdu><CR><LF>
7.1.2 Interface Description
This command indicates that the new message is not saved but directly sent to the TE.
7.1.3 Parameter Description
<reserved>: reserved.
<length>: an integer type value that indicates the number of bytes of PDU data.
<pdu>: indicates protocol data unit. For details about the PDU format, see 7.8
AT+CMGS-Send Message (PDU Mode).
7.1.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
NA
AT Command Interface Specification
SMS Service Interface (3GPP)
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
124
7.1.5 Example
If the SMS received and directly presents the message instead of storing it, a message similar
to the following is displayed:
Response:
+CMT: ,24
0891683108608805F9240D91683109731128
F50000411061518333000462B1580C
Presents an
indication, without
solicitation, when the
message storage is
full.
7.2 +CDS-SMS Status Report Indication Directly
Displayed (PDU Mode)
7.2.1 Command Syntax
If PDU mode enabled (AT+CMGF=0):
URC
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CDS: <length><CR><LF><pdu><CR><LF>
7.2.2 Interface Description
This command presents SMS status report to the TE upon reception without saving.
7.2.3 Parameter Description
<length>: an integer type value that indicates length of PDU data.
<pdu>: indicates protocol data unit. The format of a PDU is as follows:
[<SCA>]
<sc_len>
<type_addr>
<numbers>
TPDU
For the specific format of <SCA>, see 7.8 AT+CMGS-Send Message (PDU Mode).
The structure of TPDU data is as follows:
Abbr.
Reference
P1)
R2)
TP-MTI
TP-Message-Type-Indicator
M
2b
AT Command Interface Specification
SMS Service Interface (3GPP)
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
125
Abbr.
Reference
P1)
R2)
TP-UDHI
TP-User-Data-Header-Indication
O
b
TP-MMS
TP-More-Messages-to-Send
M
b
TP-SRQ
TP-Status-Report-Qualifier
M
b
TP-MR
TP-Message-Reference
M
I
TP-RA
TP-Recipient-Address
M
2-12o
TP-SCTS
TP-Service-Centre-Time-Stamp
M
7o
TP-DT
TP-Discharge-Time
M
7o
TP-ST
TP-Status
M
o
TP-PI
TP-Parameter-Indicator
O
o
TP-PID
TP-Protocol-Identifier
O
o
TP-DCS
TP-Data-Coding-Scheme
O
o
TP-UDL
TP-User-Data-Length
O
o
TP-UD
TP-User-Data
O
- Mandatory (M) or Optional (O).
- Integer (I), bit (b), 2 bits (2b), Octet (o), 7 octets (7o), 2-12 octets (2-12o).
7.2.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
NA
7.2.5 Example
If message status reports received and MS do not store message status reports to the MT and
directly send the reports to the TE, a message similar to the following is displayed:
Response:
+CDS: 26
0891683108608805F906F80D91683109731128F54110615183330041106
15183630000
AT Command Interface Specification
SMS Service Interface (3GPP)
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
126
7.3 AT+CSCA-Service Center Address
7.3.1 Command Syntax
AT+CSCA=<sca>[,<tosca>]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MS-related error:
<CR><LF>+CMS ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CSCA?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CSCA: <sca>,<tosca><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CSCA=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
7.3.2 Interface Description
The set command sets the SMSC address. For SMS messages in PDU mode, this command
can be used only when the <sc_len> parameter in the PDU is set to 0 (for details about the
PDU format, see 7.8 AT+CMGS-Send Message (PDU Mode)).
7.3.3 Parameter Description
<sca>: a string type value that specifies the SMSC address. '*', '#', '+' and '0'-'9' are allowed in
the SMSC address. The maximum length of the SMSC address is 20 characters (excluding
'+').
<tosca>: an integer type value that specifies the address type. If the value of <tosca> is 145,
the address is an international phone number. For details about the values of <tosca>, see the
value definitions of <type_addr> in 7.8 AT+CMGS-Send Message (PDU Mode).
If the command does not contain <tosca>, the value of <tosca> remains unchanged.
AT Command Interface Specification
SMS Service Interface (3GPP)
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
127
If the command does not contain <tosca>, the value of <tosca> is 145 when the character '+' is present;
the value is 129 when the character '+' is not present. This command is controlled by AT+CSCS.
7.3.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
Y
Y
7.3.5 Example
Sets the service center number using the test command:
Run:
AT+CSCA="8613800688509",145
Response:
OK
7.4 AT+CSMS-Select Messaging Service
7.4.1 Command Syntax
AT+CSMS=<service>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CSMS: <mt>,<mo>,<bm><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT+CSMS?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CSMS: <service>,<mt>,<mo>,<bm><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT+CSMS=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CSMS: (list of supported <service>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT Command Interface Specification
SMS Service Interface (3GPP)
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
128
7.4.2 Interface Description
The set command selects messaging service <service>. It returns the types of messages
supported by the ME: <mt> for mobile terminated messages, <mo> for mobile originated
messages and <bm> for broadcast type messages.
The read command queries supported message types along the current service setting.
The test command returns a list of all services supported by the ME.
7.4.3 Parameter Description
<service>: indicates a messaging service type.
0
3GPP TS 23.040, 3GPP TS 23.041 (messaging AT command syntax is compatible
with GSM 07.05 Phase 2.) (default value)
1
3GPP TS 23.040, 3GPP TS 23.041 (messaging AT command syntax is compatible
with GSM 07.05 Phase 2+. Note that <service>=1 is required for AT+CNMA.)
<mt>, <mo>, <bm>: integer type values that respectively indicate whether the MT supports
mobile terminated messages, mobile originated messages and broadcast type messages.
0
Type not supported
1
Type supported (default value)
7.4.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
N
7.4.5 Example
Set messaging AT command syntax is compatible with GSM 07.05 Phase 2+:
Run:
AT+CSMS=1
Response:
+CSMS: 1,1,1
OK
AT Command Interface Specification
SMS Service Interface (3GPP)
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
129
7.5 AT+CMGL-List Messages (PDU Mode)
7.5.1 Command Syntax
If PDU mode enabled (AT+CMGF=0):
AT+CMGL[=<stat>]
Possible Response(s)
If the command is executed successfully:
[<CR><LF>+CMGL:
<index>,<stat>,[<reserved>],<length><CR><LF><pdu>[<CR><LF>+CMGL:
<index>,<stat>,[<reserved>],<length><CR><LF><pdu>[...]]<CR><LF>]<CR><LF>OK<
CR><LF>
Otherwise:
<CR><LF>+CMS ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CMGL=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CMGL: (list of supported <stat>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
7.5.2 Interface Description
The execution command returns messages with status value <stat> from message storage
<mem1> to the TE. If the status of the message is "received unread", status in the storage
changes to "received read" after the execution command is executed successfully.
The test command returns a list of supported <stat> values.
7.5.3 Parameter Description
<stat>: indicates message status.
0
Received unread messages
1
Received read messages
2
Stored unsent messages
3
Stored sent messages
4
All messages
AT Command Interface Specification
SMS Service Interface (3GPP)
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
130
If <stat> is not specified, it is equivalent to set <stat> to 0.
<index>: an integer type value that indicates the storage location of the message.
<reserved>: reserved.
<length>: an integer type value that indicates the number of bytes of TPDU data.
<pdu>: protocol data unit in the following format:
[<SCA>]
<sc_len>
<type_addr>
<numbers>
TPDU
For the definitions of <SCA>, <sc_len>, <type_addr>, <number> in the previous table, see
7.8 AT+CMGS-Send Message (PDU Mode).
For the TPDU format of messages to be sent, see 7.8 AT+CMGS-Send Message (PDU Mode).
The TPDU format for received messages is described in the following table.
1 Oct
2
Oct-1
2 Oct
1
Oct
1
Oct
7 Oct
1Oc
t
TP-MTI
MMS
0
0
SRI
UDHI
RP
OA
PID
DCS
SCT
S
UDL
UD
Bit0
Bit1
Bit2
Bit3
Bit4
Bit5
Bit6
Bit7
-
-
-
-
-
-
<MTI>: see the definition in 7.8 AT+CMGS-Send Message (PDU Mode).
<MMS>: indicates whether there are still other messages to be sent.
0
No
1
Yes
<SRI>: indicates whether the short message entity (SME) has requested a status report.
0
No
1
Yes
<UDHI>: see the definition in 7.8 AT+CMGS-Send Message (PDU Mode).
<RP>: see the definition in 7.8 AT+CMGS-Send Message (PDU Mode).
<OA>: indicates originating address. Its definition is the same as <sca>. There are a total of
2-12 octets. Therefore, the longest address in the <oa> field contains 20 digits.
<PID>: indicates protocol identifier. See the definition in 7.8 AT+CMGS-Send Message
(PDU Mode).
AT Command Interface Specification
SMS Service Interface (3GPP)
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
131
<DCS>: indicates use data coding scheme. See the definition in 7.8 AT+CMGS-Send
Message (PDU Mode).
<SCTS>: indicates time stamp of the SMSC, consisting of year, month, date, hour, minute,
second and time difference. Time difference is the difference between the local time and the
Greenwich standard time.
<UDL>: indicates user data length. See the definition in 7.8 AT+CMGS-Send Message (PDU
Mode).
<UD>: indicates user data whose length is determined by <UDL>.
7.5.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
7.5.5 Example
List all the received unread messages using the execution command:
Run:
AT+CMGL=0
Response:
+CMGL: 1,0,,25
0891683108608805F9040D91683109730147F200002150716172350005
F4F29C4E03
OK
7.6 AT+CMGR-Read Message (PDU Mode)
7.6.1 Command Syntax
If PDU mode enabled (AT+CMGF=0):
AT+CMGR=<index>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CMGR:
<stat>,[<reserved>],<length><CR><LF><pdu><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MS-related error:
<CR><LF>+CMS ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CMGR=?
AT Command Interface Specification
SMS Service Interface (3GPP)
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
132
AT+CMGR=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
7.6.2 Interface Description
The execution command returns the message with location value <index> from message
storage <mem1>. If the status of the message is "received unread", status in the storage
changes to "received read" after the execution command is executed successfully.
7.6.3 Parameter Description
<index>: an integer type value that indicates the location in the storage.
<stat>: indicates message status.
0
Received unread messages
1
Received read messages
2
Stored unsent messages
3
Stored sent messages
<reserved>: reserved.
<length>: an integer type value that indicates the number of bytes of PDU data.
<pdu>: indicates protocol data unit. For details about the PDU format, see 7.8
AT+CMGS-Send Message (PDU Mode).
7.6.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
7.6.5 Example
Read the message stored in index 1:
Run:
AT+CMGR=1
AT Command Interface Specification
SMS Service Interface (3GPP)
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
133
Response:
+CMGR: 1,,25
0891683108608805F9040D91683109730147F200002150716172350005
F4F29C4E03
OK
7.7 AT+CMGW-Write Message to Memory (PDU Mode)
7.7.1 Command Syntax
If PDU mode enabled (AT+CMGF=0):
AT+CMGW=<length>[,<stat>]<CR>PDU is given<ctrl-Z/ESC>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CMGW: <index><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MS-related error:
<CR><LF>+CMS ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CMGW=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
7.7.2 Interface Description
The execution command stores a message to the memory storage <mem2> selected using the
AT+CPMS command.
7.7.3 Parameter Description
<length>: indicates number of actually sent TPDU characters/2.
<ctrl-Z>: indicates the end of a PDU. The characters are "0x1A".
<ESC>: cancels the sending of the message. The characters are "0x1B".
<stat>: indicates the storage status of the message.
0
Received unread messages
AT Command Interface Specification
SMS Service Interface (3GPP)
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
134
1
Received read messages
2
Stored unsent messages (default value)
3
Stored sent messages
<index>: a decimal number that indicates the message location in the storage. Its value ranges
from 0 to (the storage's maximum capacity-1).
For details about the PDU format, see 7.8 AT+CMGS-Send Message (PDU Mode).
7.7.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
7.7.5 Example
Run:
AT+CMGF=0
Response:
OK
Run:
AT+CMGW=56
Response:
>
Run:
07813108608805F911000B813109732008F70000FF30547419347EBB
E965371DF13683DAE5F93C7C2E83EE693A1A0427D741ED37B90C3ABF
CB7310BA2C2F8342<Ctrl-Z>
Response:
+CMGW: 10
OK
7.8 AT+CMGS-Send Message (PDU Mode)
7.8.1 Command Syntax
If PDU mode enabled (AT+CMGF=0):
AT+CMGS=<length><CR>PDU is given<ctrl-Z/ESC>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CMGS: <mr>[,<ackpdu>]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MS-related error:
<CR><LF>+CMS ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT Command Interface Specification
SMS Service Interface (3GPP)
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
135
AT+CMGS=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
7.8.2 Interface Description
The execution command sends a message to the network in the following procedure:
First, the TE sends AT+CMGS=<length><CR> to the MT.
After the MT responds to the TE with <CR><LF><greater_than><space>(IRA 13, 10, 62, 32),
the TE sends the PDU packets ending with <ctrl-Z>(IRA26).
7.8.3 Parameter Description
<length>: indicates number of actually sent TPDU characters/2 in decimal format ranging
from 0 to 9, and maximum length is 178.
<mr>: indicates message ID; a decimal number ranging from 0 to 255.
<ackpdu>: when <value> of AT+CSMS is 1 and supported by the network, this field will be
returned. Except that there is no <SCA>, the format of <ackpdu> is the same as that of the
PDU. This field is not supported currently.
<ctrl-Z>: indicates the end of a PDU. The characters are "0x1A".
<ESC>: cancels the sending of the message. The characters are "0x1B".
The format of a PDU is as follows: (The characters allowed in a PDU are '0'-'9', 'A'-'F', and
'a'-'f'. Two characters forms one octet. For example, '23'=0x23, '2a'=0x2a, all are
hexadecimal.)
[<SCA>]
<sc_len>
<type_addr>
<numbers>
TPDU
<SCA>: indicates SCA. Its structure is illustrated in the following figure.
AT Command Interface Specification
SMS Service Interface (3GPP)
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
136
1
2
3
4
5
μ
Addr.
Address-Length
Type-of-Address
Address-Value
. . . .
<sc_len>: indicates length of <SCA>. It is composed of two characters. It indicates the
number of characters occupied by <type_addr> and <numbers>/2.
<type_addr>: indicates number address type; consisting of two characters in the following
format:
1 Type-of-number Numbering-plan-identification
Values of Type-of-Number (bit 6-4) are defined as follows:
0 0 0
This value is written when the user does not know the destination address
type. In this case, the address type is determined by the network.
0 0 1
This value is selected if the user knows that it is an international number, or
the user believes that it falls in the national range.
0 1 0
National number. No prefix or suffix is added. This value is selected when
the user sends a message to a national number.
0 1 1
A special number in this network. It is used for management or service. The
user cannot select this value.
1 0 1
GSM number using the default 7-bit encoding scheme.
1 1 0
Short number. It is not in use currently.
1 1 1
Reserved. It is not in use currently.
Values of Numbering-plan-identification (bits 3-0) are defined as follows:
bits 3-0 are valid only when bits 6-4 are 000, 001, or 010.
0 0 0 0
The number is determined by the numbering plan at the network.
AT Command Interface Specification
SMS Service Interface (3GPP)
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
137
0 0 0 1
ISDN/telephone numbering plan.
0 0 1 1
Data numbering plan. It is not in use currently.
0 1 0 0
Telex numbering plan. It is not in use currently.
1 0 0 0
National numbering plan. It is not in use currently.
1 0 0 1
Private numbering plan. It is not in use currently.
1 0 1 0
ERMES numbering plan. It is not in use currently.
<numbers>: indicates address number. One byte stores two digits. Bits 3-0 store the first digit,
and bits 7-4 store the second digit. As an example, the following figure illustrates the
encoding sequence of half bytes.
n+1
n+2
n+3
Digit 2 Digit 1
Digit 4 Digit 3
Digit 51 1 1 1
If the number's length is an odd value, the four high-order bits of this octet is filled with 1111.
'*': 1010
'#': 1011
'a': 1100
'b': 1101
'c': 1110
For example: If <SCA> is 13902900, then <number> is 31099200.
If the length of <SCA> is an odd value, for example, 139029001, then <numbers> is
31099200F1.
If the number type is 'A1', then <SCA> is 05a131099200.
If the number type indicates that it is an international number 'A1', but the number 13902900
is a national number in China, it is necessary to add 86 before the number. In this case,
<SCA> is 06a16831099200.
The TPDU format is described in the following table.
1 Octet
1
Oct
2
Oct-1
2 Oct
1
Oct
1
Oct
1
Oct
1
Oct
0-14
0
Oct
AT Command Interface Specification
SMS Service Interface (3GPP)
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
138
1 Octet
1
Oct
2
Oct-1
2 Oct
1
Oct
1
Oct
1
Oct
1
Oct
0-14
0
Oct
RP
UDHI
SR
R
VPF
RD
MTI
MR
DA
PID
DC
S
VP
UD
L
UD
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit
5
Bit 4
Bit
3
Bit
2
Bit
1
Bit
0
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
<MTI>: indicates message type.
bit1
bit0
0
0
SMS-DELIVER (in the direction SC to MT)
0
0
SMS-DELIVER-REPORT (in the direction MT to SC)
1
0
SMS-STATUS-REPORT (in the direction SC to MT)
1
0
SMS-COMMAND (in the direction MT to SC)
0
1
SMS-SUBMIT (in the direction MT to SC)
0
1
SMS-SUBMIT-REPORT (in the direction SC to MT)
1
1
Reserved
<RD>: indicates whether the SC needs to receive a message that is still stored in the SC and
has the MR and DA identical with those of the messages sent previously from the same OA.
0
Yes
1
No
<VPF>: indicates the validity and format of the VP field.
Bit1
Bit0
0
0
The VP field is invalid.
1
0
The VP field is valid, and the format is "relative".
0
1
The VP field is valid, and the format is "enhanced".
1
1
The VP field is valid, and the format is "absolute".
<RP>: indicates whether the reply to a message uses the same settings as those for the sent
message.
0
No
AT Command Interface Specification
SMS Service Interface (3GPP)
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
139
1
Yes. The message reply uses the same SC number and path for sending the
message.
<UDHI>: indicates user data header indication.
0
The user data segment contains message content only.
1
The user data segment contains message content and a data header.
<SRR>: indicates status report request indication.
0
No status report is required when a message is sent successfully.
1
A status report is required when a message is sent successfully.
<MR>: indicates message ID ranging from 0 to 255.
<DA>: indicates destination address. Its definition is the same as <SCA>. There are a total of
2-12 octets. Therefore, the longest address in the <DA> field contains 20 digits.
<PID>: indicates protocol identifier.
PID
Bit7
Bit6
Bit5
Bit4
Bit3
Bit2
Bit1
Bit0
Bit7
Bit6
(At present, Bit 7=0 and Bit 6=0.)
0
0
Allocate bits 0-5.
1
0
Allocate bits 0-5.
0
1
Reserved
1
1
Allocate bits 0-5 for special purpose of the SC.
The values of bit 5 are defined as follows:
0
No interworking, but SME-to-CSME protocol
1
Telematic interworking (in this case, the values of bit 4-0 are valid.)
Bit 4...bit 0: telematic devices type indication
If bit4...bit 0 are 10010, it indicates email. Other values are not supported currently.
<DCS>: indicates user data coding scheme.
AT Command Interface Specification
SMS Service Interface (3GPP)
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
140
Bits 7...4
Bits 3...0
00xx
Bit 5
0: Message is not
compressed.
Bit 1 Bit 0: message type indication.
0 0: Class 0, displayed on the user interface but not stored. A
response is sent to the SC to acknowledge the reception of the
message.
0 1: Class 1, stored to NV (or SIM card if the NV is full)
1 0: Class 2. Messages are stored to the SIM card only. After a
class 2 message is stored, the storage state will be sent to the SC. If
the SIM card is full, a response is sent to the SC to notify it of the
occurrence and cause of message storage failure.
1 1: Class3, stored to the TE. When the MT receives the message,
it sends a response to the SC before routing the message to the TE.
Bit 3 Bit 2: message type indication
0 0: GSM 7-bit encoding scheme; default.
0 1: 8-bit encoding scheme
1 0: UCS2 encoding scheme. TE uses this value when the user
inputs Chinese characters.
1 1: reserved
1: Message is
compressed. This
is not supported
currently.
Bit 4
0: indicates that bit
1 and bit 0 are
reserved.
1: indicates that bit
1 and bit 0 serve as
the message type
indication.
0100
...
1011
reserved
-
1100
The message content is
discarded. The message
waiting indication is
presented, and the user data
is encoded using the GSM
7-bit encoding scheme.
The settings of bits 3...0 are the same as those when bits 7...4=1101.
1101
The message is stored. The
message waiting indication
is presented, and the user
data is encoded using the
GSM 7-bit encoding
scheme.
Bit 3: enables or disables message waiting indication.
0: disables message waiting indication
1: enables message waiting indication
Bit 2: reserved. The value is 0.
Bit 1 Bit 0: message type indication.
0 0: voice message waiting
0 1: fax message waiting
1 0: email message waiting
1 1: message of unknown type waiting
1110
The message is stored. The
message waiting indication
appears, and the user data is
encoded using
uncompressed UCS2
encoding scheme.
The settings of bits 3...0 are the same as those when bits 7...4=1101.
AT Command Interface Specification
SMS Service Interface (3GPP)
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
141
Bits 7...4
Bits 3...0
1111
Data coding/message class
Bit 3: reserved. The value is 0.
Bit 2: message encoding scheme. Its values are defined as follows:
0: GSM 7-bit encoding scheme; default.
1: 8-bit encoding scheme
Bit 1 Bit 0: message type indication.
0 0: Class 0, displayed on the user interface but not stored. A
response is sent to the SC to acknowledge the reception of the
message.
0 1: Class 1, stored to NV (or SIM card if the NV is full)
1 0: Class 2. Messages are stored to the SIM card only. After a
class 2 message is stored, the storage state will be sent to the SC. If
the SIM card is full, a response is sent to the SC to notify it of the
occurrence and cause of message storage failure.
1 1: Class3, stored to the TE. When the MT receives the message,
it sends a response to the SC before routing the message to the TE.
<VP>: indicates the validity period, which starts from the time when the message is received
by the SC. If <VPF>=00, this field is omitted. The following table lists the validity periods.
VP Value
Validity Period
0 to 143
(VP + 1) x 5 minutes
144 to 167
12 hours + ((VP - 143) x 30 minutes)
168 to 196
(VP - 166) x 1 day
197 to 255
(VP - 192) x 1 week
<UDL>: indicates user data length, depending on the specific encoding scheme.
Default 7-bit encoding scheme: <UDL> indicates the total number of septets.
8-bit encoding scheme: <UDL> indicates the total number of octets.
UCS2 encoding scheme: <UDL> indicates the total number of octets.
Compressed 7-bit, 8-bit or UCS2 encoding scheme: <UDL> indicates the total number of
octets after compression.
For messages encoded using a compressed encoding scheme, the length of <UD> should not
be greater than 160 septets. For messages encoded using an uncompressed encoding scheme,
the length of <UD> should not be greater than 140 octets.
<UD>: indicates user data. Its data validity depends on <UDL>.
<oa>: 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-Originating-Address Address-Value field in string format; BCD
numbers (or GSM 7 bit default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the
currently selected TE character set (refer command +CSCS in 3GPP TS 27.007); type of
address given by <tooa>.
AT Command Interface Specification
SMS Service Interface (3GPP)
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
142
<alpha>: a string type value that indicates alphanumeric representation of <da> or <oa>
corresponding to the entry found in MT phonebook; implementation of this feature is
manufacturer specific; used character set should be the one selected with command Select TE
Character Set +CSCS (see definition of this command in 3GPP TS 27.007).
<scts>: indicates time stamp of the SMSC, consisting of year, month, date, hour, minute,
second and time difference. Time difference is the difference between the local time and the
Greenwich standard time.
<tooa>: 3GPP TS 24.011 TP-Originating-Address Type-of-Address octet in integer format
(default refer <toda>).
<tosca>: an integer type value that specifies the address type. If the value of <tosca> is 145,
the address is an international phone number. For details about the values of <tosca>, see the
value definitions of <type_addr> in 7.8 AT+CMGS-Send Message (PDU Mode).
<fo>: depending on the command or result code: first octet of 3GPP TS 23.040
SMS-DELIVER, SMS-SUBMIT (default 17), SMS-STATUS-REPORT, or
SMS-COMMAND (default 2) in integer format.
<ra>: 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-Recipient-Address Address-Value field in string format; BCD
numbers (or GSM 7 bit default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the
currently selected TE character set (refer command +CSCS in 3GPP TS 27.007); type of
address given by <tora>.
<tora>: 3GPP TS 24.011 TP-Recipient-Address Type-of-Address octet in integer format
(default refer <toda>).
<dt>: 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-Discharge-Time in time-string format: "yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss±zz",
where characters indicate year (two last digits), month, day, hour, minutes, seconds and time
zone. E.g. 6th of May 1994, 22:10:00 GMT+2 hours equals to "94/05/06,22:10:00+08".
<st>: 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-Status in integer format.
7.8.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
7.8.5 Example
The SMS center number is 13902900. The target number is 13901000453. The content is
0x53 0x4E 0x4E 0x3A (the UCS2 codes for the Chinese characters "华为").
If the AT+CSCA contains <SCA>, you can perform as follows:
- Do not fill in <SCA> when you send the SMS. (The value of <SCA> was set with the
AT+CSCA command.)
AT+CMGS=17(CR)
>81000B813109010054F3001804534E4E3A \x1A
Where, 81 is the value of <RP-MTI>, 00 is the value of <MR>, 0B is the value of
<DA-len>, 81 is the value of <DA-type>, 3109010054F3 is the value of <DA-numbers>,
00 is the value of <PID>, 18 is the value of <DCS>, 04 is the value of <UDL>,
534E4E3A is the value of <UD>, and \x1A is the value of <ctrl-Z>.
AT Command Interface Specification
SMS Service Interface (3GPP)
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
143
- Fill in <SCA> when you send the SMS. (The value of <SCA> is obtained from the PDU
packet.)
AT+CMGS=17
>05a13109920081000B813109010054F3001804534E4E3A \x1A
Or
AT+CMGS=17
>0081000B813109010054F3001804534E4E3A \x1A
(In this case, the value of <sc_len> is 0. The value of <SCA> was set with the AT+CSCA
command.)
If the AT+CSCA command does not contain <SCA>, you must perform as follows:
Fill in <SCA> when you send the SMS. (The value of <SCA> is obtained from the PDU
packet.)
AT+CMGS=17
>05a13109920081000B813109010054F3001804534E4E3A \x1A
7.9 AT+CMSS-Send Message from Storage (PDU Mode)
7.9.1 Command Syntax
If PDU mode enabled (AT+CMGF=0):
AT+CMSS=<index>[,<da>[,<toda>]]
Possible Response(s)
If sending successful:
<CR><LF>+CMSS: <mr>[,<ackpdu>]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
If sending fails:
<CR><LF>+CMS ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CMSS=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
7.9.2 Interface Description
The execution command sends message with location value <index> from message storage
<mem2> to the network (SMS-SUBMIT or SMS-COMMAND). If new recipient address
AT Command Interface Specification
SMS Service Interface (3GPP)
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
144
<da> is given for SMS-SUBMIT, it shall be used instead of the one stored with the message.
Reference value <mr> is returned to the TE on successful message delivery. Optionally (when
+CSMS <service> value is 1 and network supports) <ackpdu> is returned. Values can be used
to identify message upon unsolicited delivery status report result code. If sending fails in a
network or an ME error, final result code +CMS ERROR: <err> is returned. This command
should be aborted.
<da> is limited by AT+CSCS.
7.9.3 Parameter Description
<index>: an integer type; value in the range of location numbers supported by the associated
memory.
<da>: 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-Destination-Address Address-Value field in string format; BCD
numbers (or GSM 7 bit default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the
currently selected TE character set (refer command +CSCS in 3GPP TS 27.007); type of
address given by <toda>.
<toda>: 3GPP TS 24.011 TP-Destination-Address Type-of-Address octet in integer format
(when first character of <da> is '+' (IRA 43), the default value is 145, otherwise the default
value is 129).
For the response parameter description of this command, see 7.8 AT+CMGS-Send Message
(PDU Mode).
7.9.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
7.9.5 Example
Send a stored short message in PDU mode.
Run:
AT+CMGF=0
Response:
OK
Run:
AT+CMSS=8
A short message at the location whose index
is 8.
Response:
+CMSS: 21
OK
AT Command Interface Specification
Standard STK Interface Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
145
8 Standard STK Interface Commands
8.1 +CUSATP-Unsolicitedly Report a UICC Proactive
Command
8.1.1 Command Syntax
URC
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CUSATP: <proactive_command><CR><LF>
8.1.2 Interface Description
The MT uses the unsolicited result code +CUSATP: <proactive_command> to notify TE that
SIM card presents a proactive command.
8.1.3 Parameter Description
<proactive_command>: indicates UICC proactive command, string type in hexadecimal
character format, consisting of the full BER-TLV data object as defined in 3GPP TS 31.111,
ETSI TS 102.221 and ETSI TS 102.223 protocols.
8.1.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
NA
8.1.5 Example
Unsolicitedly report a proactive command "GET INPUT".
AT Command Interface Specification
Standard STK Interface Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
146
Response:
+CUSATP:
"D01A8103012300820281828D0B043C54494D452D4F55543E9102000A"
8.2 AT+CUSATE-Send USAT Envelope
8.2.1 Command Syntax
AT+CUSATE=<envelope_command>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CUSATE:
<envelope_response>[,<busy>]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CUSATE=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
8.2.2 Interface Description
This command sends a USAT envelope command to UICC.
8.2.3 Parameter Description
<envelope_command>: an envelope command, string type in hexadecimal character format,
consisting of the full BER-TLV data object as defined in 3GPP TS 31.111, ETSI TS 102.221
and ETSI TS 102.223 protocols.
<envelope_response>: the response to an envelope command, string type in hexadecimal
character format, consisting of the full BER-TLV data object as defined in 3GPP TS 31.111,
ETSI TS 102.221 and ETSI TS 102.223 protocols. Empty if the UICC does not provide
response data.
<busy>: an integer type.
0
Normal ending of the envelope command
1
UICC responded with USAT is busy, retry to send the envelope command by the
MT.
AT Command Interface Specification
Standard STK Interface Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
147
2
UICC responded with USAT is busy even after one or more retries by the MT.
8.2.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
8.2.5 Example
Send envelope command "MENU SELECTION" (MENU has been got by running the
proactive command "SET UP MENU"); <busy> indicated 0 and envelope command performs
successfully.
Run:
AT+CUSATE="D30782020181900102"
Response:
+CUSATE: "",0
OK
8.3 AT+CUSATT-Send USAT Terminal Response
8.3.1 Command Syntax
AT+CUSATT=<terminal_response>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CUSATT=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT Command Interface Specification
Standard STK Interface Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
148
8.3.2 Interface Description
This command sends a USAT terminal response to UICC.
8.3.3 Parameter Description
<terminal_response>: terminal response to a proactive command, string type in hexadecimal
character format, consisting of the full BER-TLV data object as defined in 3GPP TS 31.111,
ETSI TS 102.221 and ETSI TS 102.223 protocols.
8.3.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
8.3.5 Example
Send the UICC proactive command "DISPLAY TEXT", and terminal response "Command
Perform Successfully" is responded.
Response:
+CUSATP: "D0158103012100820281028D0404434154"
Run:
AT+CUSATT="810301218082028281830100"
Response:
OK
8.4 +CUSATEND-Unsolicitedly Report of Terminating a
UICC Proactive Command Session
8.4.1 Command Syntax
URC
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CUSATEND<CR><LF>
8.4.2 Interface Description
The MT uses the unsolicited result code +CUSATEND to notify TE that the proactive
command session is terminated.
8.4.3 Parameter Description
None
AT Command Interface Specification
Standard STK Interface Commands
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
149
8.4.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
NA
8.4.5 Example
- As the following, the proactive command is reported:
Response:
+CUSATP:
"D04B810301250082028182050D53494D205365727669636573FF8F0D87
50686F6E65206E756D6265728F0B8553656C662053657276658F1080537
0656369616C204E756D626572731803212421"
- Then user sends the terminal response:
Run:
AT+CUSATT="810301258082028281830100"
Response:
OK
- Then the CUSATEND will be reported as following:
Response:
+CUSATEND
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
BodySAR Interface Description
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
150
9 Huawei Proprietary Interface: BodySAR
Interface Description
9.1 AT^BODYSARON-Disable or Enable BodySAR
9.1.1 Command Syntax
AT^BODYSARON=<on>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^BODYSARON?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^BODYSARON: <on><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^BODYSARON=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^BODYSARON: (0,1)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
9.1.2 Interface Description
The set command enables or disables the BodySAR function.
The read command queries the current BodySAR function status.
The test command returns the supported parameter ranges.
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
BodySAR Interface Description
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
151
9.1.3 Parameter Description
<on>: indicates the state of BodySAR function.
0
Disable BodySAR. (default value)
1
Enable BodySAR.
9.1.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
N
9.1.5 Example
Run:
AT^BODYSARON=1
Response:
OK
Run:
AT^BODYSARON?
Response:
^BODYSARON: 1
OK
Run:
AT^BODYSARON=?
Response:
^BODYSARON: (0,1)
OK
9.2 AT^BODYSARWCDMA-Set the Maximum Tx Power
Limit of WCDMA
9.2.1 Command Syntax
AT^BODYSARWCDMA=<power>[,<band>[,<power>,<band>]...]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^BODYSARWCDMA?
Possible Response(s)
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
BodySAR Interface Description
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
152
AT^BODYSARWCDMA?
<CR><LF>^BODYSARWCDMA: list of
(<power>,<band>)s<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^BODYSARWCDMA=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^BODYSARWCDMA: (0-24),<band><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
9.2.2 Interface Description
The set command sets the maximum Tx power limit of WCDMA for each band. Set the
maximum Tx power limit of WCDMA for selected band according to the value of band bit
field, and you can send this command for several times and set the different power limit when
the values of bands are set differently.
The read command queries the maximum Tx power limit of WCDMA for each band. If the
parameter values are not set, the default values are returned.
The test command returns the band range supported by WCDMA and the power values
supported by the maximum Tx power limit for each band.
9.2.3 Parameter Description
<power>: an integer type value that indicates the maximum Tx power limit. The value range
is 0-24, and the unit is dBm.
<band>: indicates the band bit field, 32-bit digit with hexadecimal. A binary bit indicates a
frequency band. The value of binary bit is shown in the following table (or parameter
superimposed values except 3FFFFFFF).
Parameters
Band
00000001
WCDMA_I_IMT_2100
00000002
WCDMA_II_PCS_1900
00000004
WCDMA_III_1700
00000008
WCDMA_IV_1700
00000010
WCDMA_V_850
00000020
WCDMA_VI_800
00000040
WCDMA_VII_2600
00000080
WCDMA_VIII_900
00000100
WCDMA_IX_1700
00000200
WCDMA_XIX_850
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
BodySAR Interface Description
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
153
Parameters
Band
3FFFFFFF
All supported bands
[,<band>[,<power>,<band>]...]: indicates that select all supported bands when allparameters
are default. The parameter can set several groups (less or equal to eight groups) of power at
one time. One <power> is set according to <band> in the same group.
9.2.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
Y
N
9.2.5 Example
Run:
AT^BODYSARWCDMA=?
Response:
^BODYSARWCDMA:
(0-24),00000093
OK
Indicate that the firmware
supports WCDMA Band I, Band II,
Band IV, Band V and Band VIII;
the power range is 0-24.
Run:
AT^BODYSARWCDMA=20,00000001,1
8,00000003
Set the maximum WCDMA I Tx
power limit to 20 and the
maximum WCDMA II and WCDMA II
Tx power limit to 18.
Response:
OK
Run:
AT^BODYSARWCDMA?
Response:
^BODYSARWCDMA:
(20,00000001),(18,00000003)
OK
Indicate that the current
maximum WCDMA I Tx power limit
is set to 20 and the maximum
WCDMA I and WCDMA II Tx power
limit is set to 18.
9.3 AT^BODYSARGSM-Set the Maximum Tx Power
Limit of GSM
9.3.1 Command Syntax
AT^BODYSARGSM=<power>[,<band>[,<power>,<band>]...]
Possible Response(s)
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
BodySAR Interface Description
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
154
AT^BODYSARGSM=<power>[,<band>[,<power>,<band>]...]
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^BODYSARGSM?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^BODYSARGSM: list of
(<power>,<band>)s<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^BODYSARGSM=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^BODYSARGSM: (0-33),<band><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
9.3.2 Interface Description
The set command sets the maximum Tx power limit of GSM (GPRS and EGPRS) for each
band single time-slot. Set the maximum Tx power limit of GSM for selected band according
to the value of band bit field, and AP can send this command for several times and set the
different power limit when the values of bands are set differently.
The read command queries the maximum Tx power limit of GSM (GPRS and EGPRS) for
each band. If the parameter values are not set, the default values are returned.
The test command returns the band range supported by GSM (GPRS and EGPRS) and the
power values supported by the maximum Tx power limit for each band.
The AT^BODYSARGSM command sets the maximum Tx power limit of GSM (GPRS and EGPRS) for
each band in single time-slot. When the module changes into multi-slot configuration, the maximum Tx
power limit of each time-slot will be reduced. The power reduction in multi-slot configuration is as
follow.
Number of timeslots in uplink
assignment
Reduction of maximum Tx power (dB)
1
0
2
3
3
5
4
6
5
7
6
8
7
8.5
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
BodySAR Interface Description
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
155
Number of timeslots in uplink
assignment
Reduction of maximum Tx power (dB)
8
9
9.3.3 Parameter Description
<power>: an integer type value that indicates the maximum Tx power limit. The value range
is 0-33, and the unit is dBm.
<band>: indicates the band bit field, 32-bit digit with hexadecimal. A binary bit indicates a
frequency band. The value of binary bit is shown in the following table (or parameter
superimposed values except 3FFFFFFF).
Parameters(GPRS)
Parameters(EGPRS)
Band
00000001
00010000
GSM850
00000002
00020000
GSM900
00000004
00040000
GSM1800
00000008
00080000
GSM1900
3FFFFFFF
All supported bands
[,<band>[,<power>,<band>]...]: indicates that select all supported bands when allparameters
aredefault. The parameter can set several groups (less or equal to eight groups) of power at
one time. One <power> is set according to <band> in the same group.
9.3.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
Y
N
9.3.5 Example
Run:
AT^BODYSARGSM=?
Response:
^BODYSARGSM:
(0-33),000F000F
OK
Indicate that the firmware supports
GPRS850, GPRS900, GPRS1800 and GPRS1900,
EGPRS850, EGPRS900, EGPRS1800 and
EGPRS1900; the power range is 0-33.
Run:
AT^BODYSARGSM=20
Set the maximum Tx power limit for the
band supported by firmware to 20.
Response:
OK
Run:
AT^BODYSARGSM?
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
BodySAR Interface Description
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
156
Response:
^BODYSARGSM:
(20,3FFFFFFF)
OK
Indicate that the maximum Tx power limit
for the band supported by firmware is set
to 20.
9.4 AT^BODYSARLTE-Set the Maximum Tx Power Limit
of LTE
9.4.1 Command Syntax
AT^BODYSARLTE=<power>[,<band>[,<power>,<band>]...]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^BODYSARLTE?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^BODYSARLTE: list of
(<power>,<band>)s<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^BODYSARLTE=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^BODYSARLTE: (0-24),<band><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
9.4.2 Interface Description
The set command sets the maximum Tx power limit of LTE for each band. Set the maximum
Tx power limit of LTE for selected band according to the value of band bit field, and you can
send this command for several times and set the different power limit when the values of
bands are set differently.
The read command queries the maximum Tx power limit of LTE for each band. If the
parameter values are not set, the default values are returned.
The test command returns the band range supported by LTE and the power values supported
by the maximum Tx power limit for each band.
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
BodySAR Interface Description
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
157
9.4.3 Parameter Description
<power>: an integer type value that indicates the maximum Tx power limit. The value range
is 0-24, and the unit is dBm.
<band>: indicates the band bit field, 64-bit digit with hexadecimal. A binary bit indicates a
frequency band. The value of binary bit is shown in the following table (or parameter
superimposed values except FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF).
Parameters
Band
0000000000000001
Band 1
0000000000000002
Band 2
0000000000000004
Band 3
0000000000000008
Band 4
0000000000000010
Band 5
0000000000000020
Band 6
0000000000000040
Band 7
0000000000000080
Band 8
0000000000000100
Band 9
0000000000000200
Band 10
0000000000000400
Band 11
0000000000000800
Band 12
0000000000001000
Band 13
0000000000002000
Band 14
0000000000004000
Band 15
0000000000008000
Band 16
0000000000010000
Band 17
0000000000020000
Band 18
0000000000040000
Band 19
0000000000080000
Band 20
0000000000100000
Band 21
0000000000200000
Band 22
0000000000400000
Band 23
0000000000800000
Band 24
0000000001000000
Band 25
0000000002000000
Band 26
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
BodySAR Interface Description
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
158
Parameters
Band
0000000004000000
Band 27
0000000008000000
Band 28
0000000010000000
Band 29
0000000020000000
Band 30
0000000040000000
Band 31
0000000080000000
Band 32
0000000100000000
Band 33
0000000200000000
Band 34
0000000400000000
Band 35
0000000800000000
Band 36
0000001000000000
Band 37
0000002000000000
Band 38
0000004000000000
Band 39
0000008000000000
Band 40
0000010000000000
Band 41
0000020000000000
Band 42
0000040000000000
Band 43
0000080000000000
Band 44
0000100000000000
Band 45
0000200000000000
Band 46
0000400000000000
Band 47
0000800000000000
Band 48
0001000000000000
Band 49
0002000000000000
Band 50
0004000000000000
Band 51
0008000000000000
Band 52
0010000000000000
Band 53
0020000000000000
Band 54
0040000000000000
Band 55
0080000000000000
Band 56
0100000000000000
Band 57
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
BodySAR Interface Description
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
159
Parameters
Band
0200000000000000
Band 58
0400000000000000
Band 59
0800000000000000
Band 60
1000000000000000
Band 61
2000000000000000
Band 62
4000000000000000
Band 63
8000000000000000
Band 64
FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
All supported bands
[,<band>[,<power>,<band>]...]: indicates that select all supported bands when allparameters
aredefault. The parameter can set several groups (less or equal to eight groups) of power at
one time. One <power> is set according to <band> in the same group.
9.4.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
Y
N
9.4.5 Example
Run:
AT^BODYSARLTE=?
Response:
^BODYSARLTE:
(0-24),00000000080800D7
OK
Indicate that the firmware
supports LTE Band 1, Band 2 and
Band 3; the power range is 0-24.
Run:
AT^BODYSARLTE=20,FFFFFFFFFF
FFFFFF
Set the maximum Tx power limit
of bands supported by firmware
to 20.
Response:
OK
Run:
AT^BODYSARLTE?
Response:
^BODYSARLTE:
(20,FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF)
OK
Indicate that the maximum Tx
power limit of bands supported
by firmware is set to 20.
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Mobile Termination Control and
Status Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
160
10 Huawei Proprietary Interface: Mobile
Termination Control and Status Interface
10.1 AT^CURC-Set Presentation of Unsolicited Results
10.1.1 Command Syntax
AT^CURC=<mode>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^CURC?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^CURC: <mode><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^CURC=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^CURC: (list of supported <mode>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
10.1.2 Interface Description
The set command selects the control mode for the presentation of unsolicited results.
The read command queries the current control mode for the presentation of unsolicited
results.
The test command returns the supported control mode for the presentation of unsolicited
results.
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Mobile Termination Control and
Status Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
161
10.1.3 Parameter Description
<mode>: indicates control mode for the presentation of unsolicited results.
0
The presentation of the unsolicited indications in Table 10-1 is disabled.
1
Enable the presentation of the unsolicited indications. (default value)
Table 10-1 List for the presentation of unsolicited results when AT^CURC=0
COMMAND
^MODE
^CSNR
^DSFLOWRPT
^EARST
^ACTIVEBAND
^RSSILVL
^HRSSILVL
^HDRRSSI
^CRSSI
^ANLEVEL
^BOOT
^HCSQ
^RSSI
10.1.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
N
10.1.5 Example
- Set <mode> to 0:
Run:
AT^CURC=0
Response:
OK
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Mobile Termination Control and
Status Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
162
- Set <mode> to 1:
Run:
AT^CURC=1
Response:
OK
10.2 AT^WAKEUPCFG-Configure Module's Remote
Wakeup Function by Host
10.2.1 Command Syntax
AT^WAKEUPCFG=<n>[,<channel>[,<source>]]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^WAKEUPCFG?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^WAKEUPCFG:
<n>,<channel>,<source><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^WAKEUPCFG=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^WAKEUPCFG: (list of supported <n>s),(list of supported <channel>s),(list of
supported <source>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
10.2.2 Interface Description
This command enables and disables the module's Remote Wake-up feature, and sets the
wake-up channels and sources for the feature.
The values that NV saved are not influenced by factory default recovery and will not backup when
update. This command supports variable-parameter input. If parameters are not input entirely, the
previous value will not be changed.
10.2.3 Parameter Description
<n>: enables or disables the Remote Wake-up feature.
0
Disable the module's Remote Wake-up feature.
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Mobile Termination Control and
Status Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
163
1
Enable the module's Remote Wake-up feature. (default value)
<channel>: sets Remote Wake-up channels. The length of this parameter is 1 byte (8 bits).
Eight Remote Wake-up channels can be controlled by this parameter. This parameter is
entered in decimal format. Each bit of this parameter controls one channel, where:
0
Disable the channel controlled by the bit.
1
Enable the channel controlled by the bit.
The default value of <channel> is 0x03 (Wake up PIN + USB).
<source>: sets Remote Wake-up sources. The length of this parameter is 2 bytes (16 bits).
This parameter is entered in decimal format. Each bit of this parameter controls one source,
where:
0
Disable the source controlled by the bit.
1
Enable the source controlled by the bit.
Bit[5-15]
Bit[4]
Bit[3]
Bit[2]
Bit[1]
Bit[0]
Undefined
GPS
UR
DATA
SMS
VOICE
0x0001
Voice (Voice-related, including
RING/^ORIG/^CONF/^CONN/^CEND/+CLIP/+CCWA/+CSSI/+C
SSU/^ECLSTAT)
0x0002
SMS (SMS-related, including
+CMT/+CMTI/+CBM/+CBMI/+CDS/+CDSI)
0x0004
Data (TCP/IP data)
0x0008
UR (unsolicited report)
0x0010
GPS (NEMA data and ^POSEND/+XCELLINFO)
0x0020-0x8000
Reserved
The default value of <source> is 0x000F (VOICE+SMS+DATA+UR).
10.2.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
Y
N
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Mobile Termination Control and
Status Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
164
10.2.5 Example
- The set command if only support USB Remote Wakeup:
Run:
AT^WAKEUPCFG=1,2,7
Response:
OK
- Read command:
Run:
AT^WAKEUPCFG?
Response:
^WAKEUPCFG: 1,2,7
OK
- Test command:
Run:
AT^WAKEUPCFG=?
Response:
^WAKEUPCFG: (0-1),(0-3),(0-31)
OK
10.3 AT^ICCID-Query the ICCID
10.3.1 Command Syntax
AT^ICCID?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^ICCID: <iccid><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT^ICCID=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
10.3.2 Interface Description
This command queries the ICCID of a SIM card no matter the PIN is entered or not.
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Mobile Termination Control and
Status Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
165
10.3.3 Parameter Description
<iccid>: a string value type that indicates ICCID, containing up to 20 characters.
The ICCID uniquely identifies an IC card. The ICCID is saved in the EFICCID file and consists of 10
bytes. The following figure shows the relationship between the ICCID and information in the EFICCID
file (for details, see the GSM 11.11 protocol).
etc.
b8 b6b7 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1
LSB of Digit 3
MSB of Digit 3
LSB of Digit 4
MSB of Digit 4
... ...
Byte 2:
b8 b6b7 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1
LSB of Digit 1
MSB of Digit 1
LSB of Digit 2
MSB of Digit 2
... ...
Byte 1:
The bit sequence of the information obtained from the EFICCID file must be converted.
10.3.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
10.3.5 Example
Query the ICCID of the SIM card of which the EFICCID file contains the character string
98684006905725201069:
Run:
AT^ICCID?
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Mobile Termination Control and
Status Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
166
Response:
^ICCID: 89860460097552020196
OK
10.4 AT^CPIN-Manage PIN
10.4.1 Command Syntax
AT^CPIN=<pin>[,<newpin>]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT^CPIN?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^CPIN:
<code>,[<times>],<puk_times>,<pin_times>,<puk2_times>,<pin2_times><CR><LF><CR
><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT^CPIN=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
10.4.2 Interface Description
The set command verifies and unblocks PIN and PIN2.
- If the current password required is PIN or PIN2, run AT^CPIN=<pin> to verify PIN or
PIN2.
- If the current password required is PUK or PUK2, run AT^CPIN=<pin>[,<newpin>] to
unblock the PIN. In "AT^CPIN=<pin>[,<newpin>]", <pin> is the SIM PUK or SIM
PUK2, and <newpin> is the new PIN or PIN2.
- If the set command is executed when PIN is not requested, +CME ERROR: <err> is
returned.
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Mobile Termination Control and
Status Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
167
Verifying PIN or PUK while a call or other services are ongoing may cause the call or services to be
terminated.
The read command returns a string indicating whether a password is required and how many
password entry attempts are remaining.
10.4.3 Parameter Description
<pin>, <newpin>: string type values of the 4–8 digits. The character allowed in <pin> and
<newpin> must range from '0' to '9', otherwise, an error message is returned.
<code>: a string type value without quotation marks.
READY
MT is not pending for any password.
SIM PIN
MT is waiting for UICC/SIM PIN to be given.
SIM PUK
MT is waiting for UICC/SIM PUK to be given to unblock the blocked
SIM PIN.
SIM PIN2
MT is waiting for SIM PIN2 to be given.
SIM PUK2
MT is waiting for UICC/SIM PUK2 to be given to unblock the blocked
SIM PIN2.
<times>: indicates the remaining number of entry attempts. For PIN and PIN2, the maximum
number of entry attempts is 3. For PUK and PUK2, the maximum number of entry attempts is
10.
If there is a password request, the remaining number of entry attempts of the currently requested
password is indicated by the <times> field. If no password is requested, <times> is left blank.
<puk_times>: indicates remaining number of PUK entry attempts. The maximum number of
PUK entry attempts is 10.
<pin_times>: indicates remaining number of PIN entry attempts. The maximum number of
PIN entry attempts is 3.
<puk2_times>: indicates remaining number of PUK2 entry attempts. The maximum number
of PUK2 entry attempts is 10.
<pin2_times>: indicates remaining number of PIN2 entry attempts. The maximum number of
PIN2 entry attempts is 3.
10.4.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
N
10.4.5 Example
Run:
AT^CPIN?
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Mobile Termination Control and
Status Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
168
Response:
^CPIN: SIM PIN,3,10,3,10,3
OK
Indicate a password is
required.
- Verify and unblock PIN:
Run:
AT^CPIN="1234"
Response:
OK
Run:
AT^CPIN?
Response:
^CPIN: READY,,10,3,10,3
OK
Indicate a password is not
required.
Run:
AT^CPIN=?
Response:
OK
10.5 AT^CARDMODE-Query SIM/USIM Card Type
10.5.1 Command Syntax
AT^CARDMODE
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^CARDMODE: <sim_type><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
10.5.2 Interface Description
This command queries the type of the currently installed SIM/USIM card. If the SIM/USIM
card does not exist, or an error occurs during the query, +CME ERROR: <err> is returned.
For details about the CME errors, see 22.2 General CME Error List.
10.5.3 Parameter Description
<sim_type>: indicates SIM/USIM card type.
0
No card found
1
SIM card
2
USIM card
3
CSIM card (only for dual-mode data cards)
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Mobile Termination Control and
Status Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
169
4
UIM card (only for dual-mode data cards)
10.5.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
10.5.5 Example
Run:
AT^CARDMODE
Response:
^CARDMODE: 3
OK
10.6 ^SIMRESET-Unsolicitedly Report SIM Reset Event
10.6.1 Command Syntax
URC
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^SIMRESET: <type><CR><LF>
10.6.2 Interface Description
As long as the SIM reset event happens, the MS will report the event to the TE. The SIM reset
can be generated by STK refresh command if the refresh command's type is 4 or 5.
10.6.3 Parameter Description
<type>: specifies the type of a SIM reset event. It ranges from 1 to 5.
1
UICC reset caused by STK refresh command (please refer to 3GPP TS
31.111). If the PIN code is enabled, re-entering the PIN is requested.
2
USIM application reset caused by STK refresh command (please refer
to 3GPP TS 31.111). If the PIN code is enabled, re-entering the PIN is
requested.
Other values
Reserved
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Mobile Termination Control and
Status Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
170
10.6.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
10.6.5 Example
Response:
^SIMRESET: 2
10.7 AT^RFSWITCH-Set the Flight Mode
10.7.1 Command Syntax
AT^RFSWITCH=<SW state>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT^RFSWITCH?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^RFSWITCH: <SW state>,<HW state><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT^RFSWITCH=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^RFSWITCH: (0-1),(0-1)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
10.7.2 Interface Description
This command switches the RF and saves the corresponding value.
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Mobile Termination Control and
Status Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
171
The read command queries the state of RF switch, including W_DISABLE# pin (for the detail,
please refer the module's hardware guide) status which indicates the state of the hardware
switch.
AT^RFSWITCH feature is equivalent to AT+CFUN function (the two values are 0 and 1),
besides saving the corresponding value.
AT^RFSWITCH=0 is equivalent to AT+CFUN=0.
AT^RFSWITCH=1 is equivalent to AT+CFUN=1.
10.7.3 Parameter Description
<SW state>: indicates state of RF software switch.
0
The state of RF software switch is set to off.
1
The state of RF software switch is set to on.
<HW state>: indicates state of RF hardware switch.
0
The state of RF hardware switch is set to off.
1
The state of RF hardware switch is set to on.
10.7.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
Y
N
10.7.5 Example
Query the current state of RF switch:
Run:
AT^RFSWITCH?
Response:
^RFSWITCH: 0,1
OK
Indicate the current state of the hardware
switch is on, and the software switch is
off.
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Mobile Termination Control and
Status Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
172
10.8 ^RFSWITCH-Unsolicitedly Report the RFSWITCH
State
10.8.1 Command Syntax
URC
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^RFSWITCH: <SW state>,<HW state><CR><LF>
10.8.2 Interface Description
This command unsolicitedly reports the status of the W_DISABLE# pin (for the detail,
please refer the module's hardware guide) and RF software switch. Once the W_DISABLE#
pin or RF software switch changes, this command is reported.
10.8.3 Parameter Description
<SW state>: indicates state of RF software switch.
0
The state of RF software switch is set to off.
1
The state of RF software switch is set to on.
<HW state>: indicates state of RF hardware switch.
0
The state of RF hardware switch is set to off.
1
The state of RF hardware switch is set to on.
10.8.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
NA
10.8.5 Example
- When RF software and hardware are on and the status of RF software changes from on
to off, the device will report the following:
Response:
^RFSWITCH: 0,1
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Mobile Termination Control and
Status Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
173
- When RF software and hardware are on and the status of RF hardware changes from on
to off, the device will report the following:
Response:
^RFSWITCH: 1,0
10.9 AT^MSO-Shutdown Command
10.9.1 Command Syntax
AT^MSO[=<value>]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^MSO=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^MSO: (list of supported <value>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
10.9.2 Interface Description
This command powers off the MT. When the command is executed, the MT will wait a few
seconds which the <value> figured out, and then log out of the network, save subscriber data,
and finally shut down. If executing AT^MSO, the MT will not wait. These actions can be
cancelled when the MT is waiting.
10.9.3 Parameter Description
<value>: an integer indicates the time in seconds which the MT will wait. When <value> is
65535 and the MT is waiting, it will cancel the AT^MSO actions.
10.9.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
10.9.5 Example
Run:
AT^MSO
Response:
OK
Run:
AT^MSO=15
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Mobile Termination Control and
Status Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
174
Response:
OK
Run:
AT^MSO=?
Response:
^MSO: (0-60,65535)
OK
10.10 AT^CPBR-Read the Phonebook
10.10.1 Command Syntax
AT^CPBR=<index1>[,<index2>]
Possible Response(s)
[<CR><LF>^CPBR:
<index1>,<number>,<type>,<text>,<coding>[[...]<CR><LF>^CPBR:
<index2>,<number>,<type>,<text>,<coding>]<CR><LF>]<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT^CPBR=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^CPBR: (list of supported
<index>s),<nlength>,<tlength><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
10.10.2 Interface Description
This command returns the phonebook entries between index1 and index2 in the currently
selected phonebook memory. If no phonebook entry is available in all positions between
index1 and index2, +CME ERROR: not found is returned.
If only <index1> is specified, only the phonebook records of index1 are returned.
The position range of the currently selected phonebook memory and the maximum lengths of
<number> and <text> are returned when the test command is executed.
10.10.3 Parameter Description
<index1>, <index2>, <index>: integer type values that specify the position in the phonebook.
<number>: a string with double quotation marks that specifies a phone number.
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Mobile Termination Control and
Status Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
175
<type>: specifies the number type. The value ranges from 128 to 255. 145 indicates an
international number, and 129 indicates a national number. For details, refer 3GPP TS 24.008
subclause 10.5.4.7. When the first character in the read phone number is '+', <type> is set to
145 automatically.
<text>: a string with double quotation marks that specifies a name. When <coding> is set to 1,
which indicates that <text> is the hex text of original data.
<coding>: specifies the encoding format, indicating the character code of the <text> field, and
the language.
1
RAW mode (<text> is uploaded in the original data format.)
2
ASCII (<text> is uploaded in the original keyboard value.)
<nlength>: an integer type value that specifies the maximum length of a phone number. When
the memory is "SM", the maximum value depends on the UICC. When the memory is "ME",
the maximum value is 40.
<tlength>: an integer type value that specifies the maximum length of a name. When the
memory is "SM", the maximum value depends on the UICC. When the memory is "ME", the
maximum value is 90.
10.10.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
10.10.5 Example
Run:
AT^CPBR=1
Response:
^CPBR: 1,"13902934081",129,"82038363800031",1
OK
In the above command, the parameter values mean the following:
- 1 (position of the record in the memory)
- "13902934081" (phone number)
- 129 (number type)
- "82038363800031" (荣@1)
- 1 (name encoding format UCS2)
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Mobile Termination Control and
Status Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
176
10.11 AT^CARDLOCK-Card Lock Administration
10.11.1 Command Syntax
AT^CARDLOCK?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^CARDLOCK:
<status>,<times>,<operator><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT^CARDLOCK=<unlock_code>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT^CARDLOCK=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
10.11.2 Interface Description
This command unlocks a SIM locked MT and queries MT's SIM lock state. If the SIM locked
MT is customized by the operator, MT can only use the SIM card specified by this operator
(in the following description, a valid SIM card is a SIM card specified by the operator; an
invalid SIM card indicates a SIM card not specified by the operator). When an invalid SIM
card is installed on the MT, <unlock_code> is requested for unlocking the SIM lock. If the
unlock code is not entered, SIM-related services, including network registration, calling, and
messaging, are unavailable, but emergency calls are available.
The set command unlocks the MT's SIM lock.
- If the correct unlock code is entered, the MT's SIM lock will be removed permanently.
The MT can work with any SIM card and the unlock code will never be requested. After
the MT's SIM lock is removed permanently or the MT's SIM lock is disabled, if a unlock
code is entered, +CME ERROR: 3 will be returned.
- If the number of consecutive incorrect unlock code entry attempts exceeds 10 (the
number of consecutive incorrect unlock code entry can be specified. Generally, it is 10),
the MT's SIM lock will be locked permanently. The MT can only work with valid SIM
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Mobile Termination Control and
Status Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
177
card. After the MT's SIM lock is locked permanently, if a unlock code is entered again,
+CME ERROR: 3 will be returned.
The read command queries the current SIM lock status and remaining number of unlock
attempts.
- When the MT's SIM lock is locked permanently, no matter that the MT's SIM card is
locked or not, 3 is returned for <status>.
- When the MT's SIM lock is removed permanently or the MT's SIM lock is disabled, no
matter that the MT's SIM card is locked or not, 2 is returned for <status>.
- When the MT's SIM lock is enabled and the remaining number of unlock attempts
exceeds 0, if there is not a SIM card installed on the MT, or a SIM card is invalid, or PIN
code is not verified, 1 is returned for <status>.
An MT without IMEI will not be locked.
10.11.3 Parameter Description
<status>: an integer type value that indicates the lock status of the module currently.
1
Unlocked code need to be provided.
2
Unlocked code need not to be provided.
3
The module is locked forever.
<times>: an integer type value that indicates remain times of the attempt of unlock the module.
The value ranges is 0 to 10. When this parameter value is 0, it means this module is locked
forever. After the module is unlocked, this parameter has no use.
<operator>: an integer type value that indicates which operator locks this module. In fact it is
the operator's PLMN ID.
24202
Netcom Norway locks this module. (not supported currently)
46000
Mobile China locks this module. (not supported currently)
0
No any operators lock this module.
<unlock_code>: a string type value that specifies the unlock code for the MT. Each MT has a
unique unlock code.
10.11.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
10.11.5 Example
- If the SIM card is valid and the remaining number of unlock attempts is 10.
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Mobile Termination Control and
Status Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
178
Run:
AT^CARDLOCK?
Response:
^CARDLOCK: 2,10,0
OK
- If the SIM card is invalid and the unlock code is 11111111.
Run:
AT^CARDLOCK?
Response:
^CARDLOCK: 1,10,0
OK
Run:
AT^CARDLOCK="11111111"
Response:
OK
The MT is unlocked and the SIM
lock is removed permanently.
Run:
AT^CARDLOCK?
Response:
^CARDLOCK: 2,10,0
OK
- If the SIM card is invalid and the MT has been locked permanently.
Run:
AT^CARDLOCK?
Response:
^CARDLOCK: 3,0,0
OK
10.12 AT^CUSTNVCLR-Clear Customer Nonvolatile
Value
10.12.1 Command Syntax
AT^CUSTNVCLR
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
10.12.2 Interface Description
This command sets the firmware to clear the customer nonvolatile value. After the firmware
clears the customer nonvolatile value, the firmware will restart and restore to the factory
default value.
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Mobile Termination Control and
Status Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
179
Customers can restore the nonvolatile values to the value range allowed by AT^CUSTNVCLR
by the following commands:
AT command
Function
Field
AT^ANTENCFG
Tunable antenna
Platform
AT^BODYSARWCDMA
BodySAR-WCDMA
Platform
AT^BODYSARGSM
BodySAR-GSM
Platform
AT^BODYSARLTE
BodySAR-LTE
Platform
AT^WAKEUPCFG
Power management
Platform
AT^PWRCFGON
Switch for Max. Tx. power
Platform
AT^PWRCFG
Configuration for Max. Tx. power
Platform
AT^MTCAUTOSEL
Multi carrier
Platform
AT^SETPORT
USB Port
Platform
AT^WPDOM
GPS
Protocol
AT^WPDGL
GPS
Protocol
10.12.3 Parameter Description
None
10.12.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
N
10.12.5 Example
Restore the customer nonvolatile value to the factory default value:
Run:
AT^CUSTNVCLR
Response:
OK
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Mobile Termination Control and
Status Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
180
10.13 AT^LEDCTRL-Control LED GPIO PIN
10.13.1 Command Syntax
AT^LEDCTRL=<mode>[,<stat>,<index>[,<ON_duration1>,<OFF_duration1>[,<
ON_duration2>,<OFF_duration2>]]]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^LEDCTRL?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^LEDCTRL:
<mode>[,<stat>,<index>[,<ON_duration1>,<OFF_duration1>[,<ON_duration2>,<OFF_du
ration2>]][<CR><LF>^LEDCTRL:
<mode>,<stat>,<index>[,<ON_duration1>,<OFF_duration1>[,<ON_duration2>,<OFF_dur
ation2>]][...]]]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^LEDCTRL=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^LEDCTRL: (list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported <stat>s),(list of
supported <index>s),(list of supported <ON_duration1>s),(list of supported
<OFF_duration1>s),(list of supported <ON_duration2>s),(list of supported
<OFF_duration2>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
10.13.2 Interface Description
The set command controls the blinking mode for modules:
- When the <mode> is set to 0, the blinking function of modules is disabled;
- when the <mode> is set to 1, Huawei's default blinking mode is used;
- Users can set the blinking mode for modules in different service states using this
command.
The read command queries the blinking mode of the current module.
The test command returns the supported parameters.
10.13.3 Parameter Description
<mode>: indicates blinking mode.
0
Do not blink. (default value)
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Mobile Termination Control and
Status Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
181
1
Use Huawei's default blinking mode.
2
Use the customized blinking mode.
<stat>: indicates service status. It is a 32-bit hexadecimal number. One binary digit
corresponds to a service state. The values are listed in the following table.
Parameter Value
Service Status
00000001
Airplane mode
00000002
Power-on and initiation
00000004
Registration failure and no service
00000008
Network disconnection during connecting
00000010
Registration success in GSM mode
00000020
Radio bearer establishment success in GSM/GPRS/EDGE mode
00000040
Data transmission in GSM/GPRS/EDGE mode
00000080
Registration success in WCDMA mode
00000100
Radio bearer establishment success in WCDMA mode
00000200
Data transmission in WCDMA mode
00000400
Radio bearer establishment success in
HSDPA/HSUPA/HSPA+/DC-HSPA+ mode
00000800
Data transmission in HSDPA/HSUPA/HSPA+/DC-HSPA+ mode
00001000
Registration success in LTE mode
00002000
Dial-up success in LTE mode
00004000
Data transmission in LTE mode
3FFFFFFF
All service states
<index>: indicates GPIO pin of the LED indicator. The length is 8 bits and the valid value
ranges from 1 to 7.
The least significant 3 bits (Bit [2-0]) indicate the GPIO pin configuration of the LED
indicator.
0
Deactivate the corresponding GPIO pin of the LED indicator and the pin was
pulled down during a blinking period.
1
Activate the corresponding GPIO pin of the LED indicator and the pin was pulled
up or down based on the configured blinking mode during a blinking period.
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Mobile Termination Control and
Status Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
182
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Pin 3
Pin 2
Pin 1
<ON_duration1>: an integer value type that indicates the duration for first pulling up the
GPIO pin of the LED indicator specified by the <index> during a blinking period. The value
ranges from 1 to 100 (unit: 100 ms).
<OFF_duration1>: an integer value type that indicates the duration for first pulling down the
GPIO pin of the LED indicator specified by the <index> during a blinking period. The value
ranges from 1 to 100 (unit: 100 ms).
<ON_duration2>: an integer value type that indicates the duration for second pulling up the
GPIO pin of the LED indicator specified by the <index> during a blinking period. The value
ranges from 1 to 100 (unit: 100 ms).
<OFF_duration2>: an integer value type that indicates the duration for second pulling down
the GPIO pin of the LED indicator specified by the <index> during a blinking period. The
value ranges from 1 to 100 (unit: 100 ms).
When two switchovers between on and off states are not required during a blinking period,
<ON_duration2> and <OFF_duration2> are set to null.
10.13.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
Y
N
10.13.5 Example
- Configure the blinking mode in airplane state. Set the indicator to be on for 100 ms and
then off for 1900 ms and activate the GPIO pin 1 of the LED indicator.
Run:
AT^LEDCTRL=2,00000001,1,1,19
Response:
OK
- Query the current blinking mode. The indicator is steady off in airplane, power-on and
initiation, no service, and network disconnection states, and on for 100 ms and then off
for 1900 ms in a service period in other states.
Run:
AT^LEDCTRL?
Response:
^LEDCTRL: 2,00000001,1,1,19
OK
- Query the parameter range supported by the AT^LEDCTRL command.
Run:
AT^LEDCTRL=?
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Mobile Termination Control and
Status Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
183
Response:
^LEDCTRL:
(0-2),00007FFF,(0-1),(1-100),(1-100),(1-100),(1-100)
OK
If the user sets the blinking mode in a service state to be steady off, the returned index value is 1 by
default when querying the blinking configuration in the service state.
10.14 AT^SLEEPCFG-Configure Module's Sleep Function
by Host
10.14.1 Command Syntax
AT^SLEEPCFG=<para>,<value>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^SLEEPCFG?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^SLEEPCFG: <para>,<value>[<CR><LF>^SLEEPCFG:
<para1>,<value1>[<CR><LF>^SLEEPCFG:
<para2>,<value2>...]]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^SLEEPCFG=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^SLEEPCFG: (list of supported
<para>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
10.14.2 Interface Description
This command adjusts some module sleep-related parameters to cooperate with the host in
harmony.
The set command sets the sleep configuration parameters.
The read command queries the settings of the sleep configuration parameters.
The test command returns all supported sleep configuration parameters.
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Mobile Termination Control and
Status Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
184
10.14.3 Parameter Description
<para>: specifies the sleep configuration parameter to set.
0
Delay time of SMS report when the module wakes up the host by PIN channel.
1
Delay settings to allow UART to sleep when UART has no data. (But for the
module, it does not work if you set <para> to 1.)
<value>: specifies the value for the sleep configuration parameter to set.
- If <para> is set to 0, the available values for <value> are an integer ranging from 0 to
5000. The unit of the <value> is millisecond, and the default value is 2000.
- If <para> is set to 1, the available values for <value> are an integer ranging from 1 to
3600. The unit of the <value> is second and the default value is 10.
It takes effect immediately after the parameter is set. The setting value of the parameter can
not be changed if the module is powered off or restarted, but will be changed if the module's
firmware is upgraded.
10.14.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
Y
N
10.14.5 Example
- Configure the delay time of SMS report to 3000 ms:
Run:
AT^SLEEPCFG=0,3000
Response:
OK
- Run the read command:
Run:
AT^SLEEPCFG?
Response:
^SLEEPCFG: 0,3000
^SLEEPCFG: 1,10
OK
- Run the test command:
Run:
AT^SLEEPCFG=?
Response:
^SLEEPCFG: (0-1)
OK
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Mobile Termination Control and
Status Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
185
10.15 ^CPBREADY-Unsolicitedly Report CPB Ready
10.15.1 Command Syntax
URC
<CR><LF>^CPBREADY: <status><CR><LF>
10.15.2 Interface Description
This command sends an unsolicited report to TE when phonebook is ready.
10.15.3 Parameter Description
<status>: indicates whether phonebook is ready.
0
Indicates that the phonebook is not ready.
1
Indicates that the phonebook is ready.
10.15.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
10.15.5 Example
Response:
^CPBREADY: 1
10.16 AT^RESET-Reset the Module
10.16.1 Command Syntax
AT^RESET
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Mobile Termination Control and
Status Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
186
10.16.2 Interface Description
This command is used to reset the module.
10.16.3 Parameter Description
None
10.16.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
N
10.16.5 Example
Run:
AT^RESET
Response:
OK
10.17 AT^HFDOR-Control the Fast DORmancy Mode
10.17.1 Command Syntax
AT^HFDOR=<mode>[,<FD-Delay-Timer>]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT^HFDOR?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^HFDOR: <mode>,<FD-Delay-Timer><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^HFDOR=?
Possible Response(s)
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Mobile Termination Control and
Status Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
187
AT^HFDOR=?
<CR><LF>^HFDOR: (list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported
<FD-Delay-Timer>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
10.17.2 Interface Description
This command controls how the terminal device triggers fast dormancy: once (immediately
send the SCRI), auto (auto-send the SCRI), or stop triggering (disable fast dormancy).
The read command obtains the current Fast Dormancy settings.
The test command queries the supported parameter range.
1. When the network side supports Fast Dormancy, the SCRI sent by the terminal device contains the
cause "UE Requested PS Data session end." Otherwise, the SCRI cannot contain the cause.
2. The terminal device can determine whether the network side supports Fast Dormancy by checking
whether the system broadcast SIB1 contains T323.
10.17.3 Parameter Description
<mode>: integer type
1
Trigger Fast Dormancy once. In this mode, the settings of <FD-Delay-Timer>
will not take effect.
2
Auto-trigger Fast Dormancy. In this mode, <FD-Delay-Timer> must be set.
3
Stop triggering Fast Dormancy. In this mode, the settings of
<FD-Delay-Timer> will not take effect.
Others
Reserved.
<FD-Delay-Timer>: integer type. The value range is 1 to 60. The unit is s. The settings of this
parameter take effect only when <mode> is set to 2. The terminal device triggers Fast
Dormancy when it detects that its wireless interface has been idle for the time specified by
<FD-Delay-Timer>.
10.17.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
Y
10.17.5 Example
- Query the Fast Dormancy parameter range supported by the terminal device:
Run:
AT^HFDOR=?
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Mobile Termination Control and
Status Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
188
Response:
^HFDOR: (1~3),(1~60)
OK
- Query the current Fast Dormancy settings:
Run:
AT^HFDOR?
Response:
^HFDPR: 2,30
OK
- Configure the terminal device to auto-trigger Fast Dormancy when its wireless interface
is idle for 10s:
Run:
AT^HFDOR=2,10
Response:
OK
10.18 AT^GLASTERR-Query the Latest Error Code for a
Specific Function
10.18.1 Command Syntax
AT^GLASTERR=<type>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^GLASTERR: <type>,<code><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT^GLASTERR?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^GLASTERR: <type><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^GLASTERR=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^GLASTERR: (list of supported
<type>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Mobile Termination Control and
Status Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
189
10.18.2 Interface Description
This command queries the latest error code for a function. Currently, only the error codes for
the dial-up function can be queried.
10.18.3 Parameter Description
<type>: function for which the latest error code you want to query.
0
Reserved
1
CS registration (default value)
2
PS registration
3
CS and PS joint registration
4
PDP context activation
5
Dial-up (only supported on the Balong platform)
6-255
Reserved
<code>: error code. The value range is 0 to 65535.
When <type> is set to 1, the value and definition of <code> are the same as those of <err_code> in 18.2
^NDISSTAT-Unsolicitedly Report of Connection Status.
10.18.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
Y
10.18.5 Example
Run:
AT^GLASTERR=?
Response:
^GLASTERR: (0-255)
OK
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: SMS
Service Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
190
11 Huawei Proprietary Interface: SMS
Service Interface
11.1 ^SMMEMFULL-Message Memory Full
11.1.1 Command Syntax
URC
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^SMMEMFULL: <mem_type><CR><LF>
11.1.2 Interface Description
When the message storage is full, this unsolicited indication is sent.
11.1.3 Parameter Description
<mem_type>: a string type value that indicates the type of the storage that is full.
"SM"
(U)SIM card
"ME"
NV memory
11.1.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
NA
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: SMS
Service Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
191
11.1.5 Example
When the message storage is full, this unsolicited indication is sent:
Response:
^SMMEMFULL: "SM"
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Network Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
192
12 Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Network Service Interfaces
12.1 AT^SYSINFOEX-Query Extended System
Information
12.1.1 Command Syntax
AT^SYSINFOEX
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^SYSINFOEX:
<srv_status>,<srv_domain>,<roam_status>,<sim_state>,<lock_state>,<sysmode>,<sysmo
de_name>,<submode>,<submode_name><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
12.1.2 Interface Description
This command queries the current system information, such as the system service status,
domain, roaming status, system mode, and SIM card state.
12.1.3 Parameter Description
<srv_status>: indicates the system service status.
0
No services
1
Restricted services
2
Valid services
3
Restricted regional services
4
Power saving or hibernate state
<srv_domain>: indicates the system service domain.
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Network Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
193
0
No services
1
CS service only
2
PS service only
3
PS+CS services
4
Not registered to CS or PS; searching now
255
CDMA (not supported currently)
<roam_status>: indicates the roaming status.
0
Not roaming
1
Roaming
<sim_state>: indicates the state of the SIM card.
0
Invalid SIM card
1
Valid SIM card
2
Invalid SIM card in CS
3
Invalid SIM card in PS
4
Invalid SIM card in PS and CS
240
ROMSIM version
255
No SIM card is found
<lock_state>: indicates whether the SIM card is locked by the CardLock feature. (not
supported currently)
0
SIM card is not locked by the CardLock feature.
1
SIM card is locked by the CardLock feature.
<sysmode>: indicates the system mode.
0
NO SERVICE
1
GSM
2
CDMA (not supported currently)
3
WCDMA
4
TD-SCDMA (not supported currently)
5
WiMAX (not supported currently)
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Network Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
194
6
LTE
If the returned <sysmode> value is not within the valid range (0-6), it will be deemed as <sysmode>=3
(WCDMA).
<sysmode_name>: a string type value that indicates the system mode name corresponding to
<sysmode>. For example, if <sysmode>=3, <sysmode_name>="WCDMA".
<submode>: indicates the system sub-mode.
0
NO SERVICE
1
GSM
2
GPRS
3
EDGE
4-20
(No defined)
21
IS95A
22
IS95B
23
CDMA2000 1X
24
EVDO Rel0
25
EVDO RelA
26
EVDO RelB
27
Hybrid (CDMA2000 1X)
28
Hybrid (EVDO Rel0)
29
Hybrid ( EVDO RelA)
30
Hybrid (EVDO RelB)
31
eHRPD Rel0
32
eHRPD RelA
33
eHRPD RelB
34
Hybrid (eHRPD Rel0)
35
Hybrid (eHRPD RelA)
36
Hybrid (eHRPD RelB)
37-39
Reserved
41
WCDMA
42
HSDPA
43
HSUPA
44
HSPA
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Network Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
195
45
HSPA+
46
DC-HSPA+
47-60
Reserved
61
TD-SCDMA
62
HSDPA
63
HSUPA
64
HSPA
65
HSPA+
66-80
Reserved
81
802.16e
82-100
Reserved
101
LTE
Other value
Reserved
<submode_name>: indicates system sub-mode. (Its value can be extended.)
This parameter returns the name of the current network sub-mode in character string. The
value of <submode_name> is the character string corresponding to the value of <submode> in
the command. For example, if the value of <submode> is 45, the value of <submode_name>
is HSPA+.
12.1.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
12.1.5 Example
Run:
AT^SYSINFOEX
Response:
^SYSINFOEX:
2,3,0,1,,3,"WCDMA",41,"WCDMA"
OK
Indicates that the UE is
operating over a WCDMA
network in WCDMA mode.
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Network Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
196
12.2 AT^SYSCFGEX-Configure Extended System
12.2.1 Command Syntax
AT^SYSCFGEX=<acqorder>,<band>,<roam>,<srvdomain>,<lteband>,<reserve1
>,<reserve2>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT^SYSCFGEX?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^SYSCFGEX:
<acqorder>,<band>,<roam>,<srvdomain>,<lteband><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF
>
AT^SYSCFGEX=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^SYSCFGEX: (list of supported <acqorder>s),(list of supported
(<band>,<band_name>)s),(list of supported <roam>s),(list of supported
<srvdomain>s),(list of supported
(<lteband>,<lteband_name>)s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
12.2.2 Interface Description
This command sets the system mode, network access order, frequency band, roaming support,
domain, and other features.
12.2.3 Parameter Description
<acqorder>: a string type value that specifies the network access order. Its value can be "00",
"99" or a combination of the following values:
"00"
Automatic
"01"
GSM
"02"
UMTS
"03"
LTE
"04"
CDMA 1X (not supported currently)
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Network Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
197
"06"
WiMAX (not supported currently)
"07"
CDMA EVDO (not supported currently)
"99"
Not change
For example, the "03" value indicates LTE only.
- The "030201" value indicates the order of LTE->WCDMA->GSM.
- The "0302" value indicates the order of LTE->WCDMA, without GSM.
- The "030402" value indicates the order of LTE->CDMA->WCDMA.
- In specialty, the "99" value is not combined with other values, indicating no change of
the network access order.
- The "00" value is not combined with other values, indicating automatic network access
order that is determined by the board.
UMTS contains TD-SCDMA and WCDMA.
- If the module supports WCDMA and does not support TD-SCDMA, and then "02" means WCDMA
only.
- If the module supports TD-SCDMA and does not support WCDMA, and then "02" means
TD-SCMDA only.
- If the module supports both TD-SCDMA and WCDMA, and then "02" means TD-SCDMA and
WCDMA, and TD-SCDMA is prior to WCDMA.
- AT^SYSCFGEX does not support setting and querying TD-SCDMA bands.
In case that <acqorder> is a combination list with muti-network, currently, HUAWEI products
does not support contain both CDMA (that is "04" CDMA 1X and "07" CDMA EVDO) and
WCDMA (that is "02" WCDMA) mode.
<band>: a hexadecimal value that specifies the frequency band, which is related to the system
mode and dependent on the board performance. The possible values of <band> are the
following values and their combinations (excluding 0x3FFFFFFF and 0x40000000):
00080000 (CM_BAND_PREF_GSM_850)
GSM 850
00000080 (CM_BAND_PREF_GSM_DCS_1800)
GSM DCS systems
00000100 (CM_BAND_PREF_GSM_EGSM_900)
Extended GSM 900
00000200 (CM_BAND_PREF_GSM_PGSM_900)
Primary GSM 900
00100000 (CM_BAND_PREF_GSM_RGSM_900)
Railway GSM 900
00200000 (CM_BAND_PREF_GSM_PCS_1900)
GSM PCS
00400000 (CM_BAND_PREF_WCDMA_I_IMT_2000)
WCDMA IMT 2100
00800000 (CM_BAND_PREF_WCDMA_II_PCS_1900)
WCDMA_II_PCS_1900
04000000 (CM_BAND_PREF_WCDMA_V_850)
WCDMA_V_850
08000000(CM_BAND_PREF_WCDMA_VI_800)
WCDMA_VI_800
3FFFFFFF (CM_BAND_PREF_ANY)
All bands
40000000 (CM_BAND_PREF_NO_CHANGE)
Band not changed
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Network Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
198
0004000000000000 (CM_BAND_PREF_WCDMA_IX_1700)
WCDMA_IX_1700
0002000000000000 (CM_BAND_PREF_WCDMA_VIII_900)
WCDMA_VIII_900
1000000000000000 (CM_BAND_PREF_WCDMA_XIX_850)
WCDMA_XIX_850
2000000 (CM_BAND_PREF_WCDMA_IX_1700)
AWS
00680380
Automatic
<band_name>: a string type value that indicates the frequency band name.
- For WCDMA, it is named in WCDMA BCx format, in which, x indicates the actual
Band Class (refer to 3GPP TS 25.101 Table 5.1). If multiple bands are simultaneously
supported, it is separated by / (for example, WCDMA BC I/WCDMA BC II).
- For GSM, it is named in GSM850/GSM1800.... format.
<roam>: indicates whether roaming is supported.
0
Not supported
1
Supported
2
No change
When <roam> is set to 3 (roam only), which indicates that firmware can be only registered to the
roaming network.
<srvdomain>: indicates the domain setting.
0
CS_ONLY
1
PS_ONLY
2
CS_PS
3
ANY
4
No change
<lteband>: a hexadecimal value that specifies the LTE frequency band. The value of
<lteband> can be one of the following values and their combinations (excluding
0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFF):
7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
(CM_BAND_PREF_ANY)
All bands
1
(CM_BAND_PREF_LTE_EUTRAN_BAND1)
LTE BC1
2
(CM_BAND_PREF_LTE_EUTRAN_BAND2)
LTE BC2
4
(CM_BAND_PREF_LTE_EUTRAN_BAND3)
LTE BC3
8
(CM_BAND_PREF_LTE_EUTRAN_BAND4)
LTE BC4
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Network Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
199
10
(CM_BAND_PREF_LTE_EUTRAN_BAND5)
LTE BC5
20
(CM_BAND_PREF_LTE_EUTRAN_BAND6)
LTE BC6
40
(CM_BAND_PREF_LTE_EUTRAN_BAND7)
LTE BC7
80
(CM_BAND_PREF_LTE_EUTRAN_BAND8)
LTE BC8
100
(CM_BAND_PREF_LTE_EUTRAN_BAND9)
LTE BC9
200
(CM_BAND_PREF_LTE_EUTRAN_BAND10)
LTE BC10
400
(CM_BAND_PREF_LTE_EUTRAN_BAND11)
LTE BC11
800
(CM_BAND_PREF_LTE_EUTRAN_BAND12)
LTE BC12
1000
(CM_BAND_PREF_LTE_EUTRAN_BAND13)
LTE BC13
2000
(CM_BAND_PREF_LTE_EUTRAN_BAND14)
LTE BC14
10000
(CM_BAND_PREF_LTE_EUTRAN_BAND17)
LTE BC17
20000
(CM_BAND_PREF_LTE_EUTRAN_BAND18)
LTE BC18
40000
(CM_BAND_PRE_LTE_EUTRAN_BAND19)
LTE BC19
80000
(CM_BAND_PREF_LTE_EUTRAN_BAND20)
LTE BC20
100000
(CM_BAND_PREF_LTE_EUTRAN_BAND21)
LTE BC21
1000000
(CM_BAND_PREF_LTE_EUTRAN_BAND25)
LTE BC25
2000000
8000000
(CM_BAND_PREF_LTE_EUTRAN_BAND26)
(CM_BAND_PREF_LTE_EUTRAN_BAND28)
LTE BC26
LTE BC28
100000000
(CM_BAND_PREF_LTE_EUTRAN_BAND33)
LTE BC33
200000000
(CM_BAND_PREF_LTE_EUTRAN_BAND34)
LTE BC34
400000000
(CM_BAND_PREF_LTE_EUTRAN_BAND35)
LTE BC35
800000000
(CM_BAND_PREF_LTE_EUTRAN_BAND36)
LTE BC36
1000000000
(CM_BAND_PREF_LTE_EUTRAN_BAND37)
LTE BC37
2000000000
(CM_BAND_PREF_LTE_EUTRAN_BAND38)
LTE BC38
4000000000
(CM_BAND_PREF_LTE_EUTRAN_BAND39)
LTE BC39
8000000000
(CM_BAND_PREF_LTE_EUTRAN_BAND40)
LTE BC40
10000000000
(CM_BAND_PREF_LTE_EUTRAN_BAND41)
LTE BC41
20000000000
(CM_BAND_PREF_LTE_EUTRAN_BAND42)
LTE BC42
40000000000
(CM_BAND_PREF_LTE_EUTRAN_BAND43)
LTE BC43
40000000
(CM_BAND_PREF_NO_CHANGE)
No band change
LTE bands supported by the module are LTE band 1/2/3/5/7/8/20/28.
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Network Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
200
For MT that does not support LTE, <lteband> and <lteband_name> are left out in the
response. In the set command, <lteband> is left out.
That is, in the response to AT^SYSCFGEX=?, <lteband> and <lteband_name> are left out.
^SYSCFGEX: (list of supported <acqorder>s),(list of supported
(<band>,<band_name>)s),(list of supported <roam>s),(list of supported
<srvdomain>s),
OK
In the response to AT^SYSCFGEX?, <lteband> is left out.
^SYSCFGEX: <acqorder>,<band>,<roam>,<srvdomain>,
OK
When the set command is executed, <lteband> is null or unchanged.
AT^SYSCFGEX=<acqorder>,<band>,<roam>,<srvdomain>,,<reserve1>,<reserve2>
<lteband_name>: a string type value that indicates the LTE frequency band name. It is
displayed in LTE BCx format, in which, x indicates the actual Band Class. If multiple bands
are simultaneously supported, it is separated by / (for example, LTE BC1/LTE BC2).
<reserve1>: reserved field 1.
<reserve2>: reserved field 2.
12.2.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
Y
N
12.2.5 Example
Run:
AT^SYSCFGEX=?
Response:
^SYSCFGEX:
("00","03","02","01","99")((2000000400380,"GSM900/GSM1800/
WCDMA BCVIII/WCDMA BCI"),(4a80000,"GSM850/GSM1900/WCDMA
BCV/WCDMA BCII"),(3fffffff,"All
bands")),(0-2),(0-4),((80800d7,"LTE BC1/LTE BC2/LTE BC3/LTE
BC5/LTE BC7/LTE BC8/LTE BC20/LTE
BC28"),(7fffffffffffffff,"All bands"))
OK
Run:
AT^SYSCFGEX?
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Network Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
201
Response:
^SYSCFGEX: "00",3FFFFFFF,1,2,7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
OK
Run:
AT^SYSCFGEX="02",3FFFFFFF,1,2,7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFF,,
Response:
OK
12.3 AT^USSDMODE-Select USSD Mode
12.3.1 Command Syntax
AT^USSDMODE=[<mode>]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^USSDMODE?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^USSDMODE: <mode><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^USSDMODE=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^USSDMODE: (list of supported
<mode>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
12.3.2 Interface Description
The set command selects the USSD mode. The setting of USSD mode selection made by this
command is not saved in MT's NV memory, which means that the default USSD mode will be
restored after the MT is restarted. This command shall be used to select the USSD mode when
the client on a computer starts or shakes hands with the MT.
The read command queries the current USSD mode.
The test command returns the list of supported USSD modes.
12.3.3 Parameter Description
<mode>:
0
Select USSD non-transparent mode.
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Network Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
202
1
Select USSD transparent mode. (default value)
12.3.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
N
12.3.5 Example
- Query the current USSD mode:
Run:
AT^USSDMODE?
Response:
^USSDMODE: 1
OK
- Set USSD to non-transparent mode:
Run:
AT^USSDMODE=0
Response:
OK
- Query the list of supported <mode>s:
Run:
AT^USSDMODE=?
Response:
^USSDMODE: (0-1)
OK
12.4 AT^EONS-Query the Service Provider Name and the
EFSPN Information of the SIM Card
12.4.1 Command Syntax
AT^EONS=<type>[,<plmn_id>[,<plmn_name_len>]]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^EONS:
<type>,<plmn_id>,<plmn_name1>,<plmn_name2>[,<spn_cond>,<spn>]<CR><LF><CR>
<LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Network Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
203
AT^EONS=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^EONS: (list of supported <type>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
12.4.2 Interface Description
This command queries the service provider name and the information contained in the EFSPN
file of the SIM card.
<type> specifies the query type. Its value can be 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 in 3GPP mode and only 1 in
3GPP2 mode.
- When <type> is set to 1, 2, 3, or 4:
− The command format is AT^EONS=<type> or AT^EONS=<type>,<plmn_id>. If
<plmn_id> is not included, information about the current registered network is
returned.
− In the response, <plmn_name1> indicates the long name, while <plmn_name2>
indicates the short name. The value of <plmn_name1> or <plmn_name2> contains a
maximum of 128 hexadecimal characters (32 valid characters). If a name exceeds the
maximum length, the first 128 characters are retained. If <plmn_name1> or
<plmn_name2> cannot be obtained, its value is left empty.
− In the response, <spn_cond> and <spn> are handled as follows: If the SIM card for
the current registered network has an EFSPN file that is not empty, the content of the
EFSPN file is returned. Otherwise, nothing is returned.
- When <type> is set to 5:
− The command format is AT^EONS=<type> or
AT^EONS=<type>,,<plmn_name_len>. If <plmn_name_len> is not included, its
default value is used.
− In the response, the maximum number of hexadecimal characters that can be
contained in the value of <plmn_name1> is the value of <plmn_name_len> divided
by 4. An empty value is returned for <plmn_name2>.
− The response does not need to contain <spn_cond> or <spn>.
A UCS2 hexadecimal character string is converted using the big-endian encoding scheme. For
example, character 'A' is represented by 0041.
12.4.3 Parameter Description
<type>: specifies operation type.
1
Automatic mode.
- For 3GPP mode, the priority for <plmn_name1> and <plmn_name2> is as
follows:
Information saved in the EFPNN file corresponding to the USIM EFOPL
Information released from the network side (MM/GMM/EMM information)
Information saved in the internal network name list
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Network Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
204
2
Query the network name in the MM/GMM/EMM information.
3
Query the network name in the EFPNN file corresponding to the USIM EFOPL.
4
Query the information saved in the internal network name list.
5
Automatic length limit mode.
Processing logic for <plmn_name1>:
- If a long name exists and its length does not exceed the limit set by <plmn_name_len>:
(Non-Roaming or RPLMN
Is Listed in EFSPDI) and
EFSPN Is Valid
Roaming and RPLMN Is Not
Listed in EFSPDI) or EFSPN Is
Invalid
<plmn_name1>
returns
SPN
Long name
- If a short name exists and its length does not exceed the limit set by <plmn_name_len>:
(Non-Roaming or RPLMN
Is Listed in EFSPDI) and
EFSPN Is Valid
Roaming and RPLMN Is Not
Listed in EFSPDI) or EFSPN Is
Invalid
<plmn_name1>
returns
SPN
Short name
- In other cases:
(Non-Roaming or RPLMN
Is Listed in EFSPDI) and
EFSPN Is Valid
Roaming and RPLMN Is Not
Listed in EFSPDI) or EFSPN Is
Invalid
<plmn_name1>
returns
SPN
"MCC MNC"
The priority for the long and short names (from high to low) is as follows:
- Information saved in the EFPNN file corresponding to the EFOPL
- Information released from the network side (MM/GMM/EMM information)
- Information saved in the internal network name list
If the long and short names obtained from a preferred location are invalid, specifically, the
name does not exist or its length exceeds the limit, the next preferred location is turned to.
<plmn_id>: specifies PLMN ID of the network, without double quotation marks. For detailed
format, see the description of the numeric <oper> field in the AT+COPS command in the
3GPP TS 27.007 protocol.
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Network Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
205
<plmn_name_len>: an integer type value that specifies the maximum length of
<plmn_name1>. When the field is not delivered, the default value is 20. Modules do not
support the extension of the field.
<plmn_name1>: a string type value in the format of a UCS2 hexadecimal character string.
<plmn_name2>: a string type value in the format of a UCS2 hexadecimal character string.
When the <type> parameter is set to 5, a null character string is reported in "" format.
<spn_cond>: an integer type value that ranges from 0 to 255. The value of the <spn_cond>
parameter is the first byte in the EFSPN file of the SIM card. For details in 3GPP, see the
explanation of the <Display Condition> field in the definition of the EFSPN file in the 3GPP
TS 31.102 protocol. For details in 3GPP2, see the explanation of the <Display Condition>
field in the definition of the EFSPN file in the 3GPP2 C.S0023 protocol.
<spn>: a string type value in the format of a UCS2 hexadecimal character string that indicates
the content of the EFSPN file.
12.4.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
Y
12.4.5 Example
- If the currently registered 3GPP network is 46009. The long name of network 46009 is
"HUAWEI TEST W09" and the short name is "HTW09" in the EFPNN file of the current
SIM card. The <Display Condition> field of the EFSPN is set to 0x03 and the <Service
Provider Name> field is set to "HUAWEI". The long and short names delivered by
network 46009 are "HUAWEI TEST W09 NETWORK" and "HTW09NET"
respectively.
Run:
AT^EONS=1
Response:
^EONS:
1,46009,"0048005500410057004500490020005400450053005400200
05700300039","00480054005700300039",3,"0048005500410057004
50049"
OK
Run:
AT^EONS=2
Response:
^EONS:
2,46009,"0048005500410057004500490020005400450053005400200
057003000390020004E004500540057004F0052004B","004800540057
00300039004E00450054",3,"004800550041005700450049"
OK
Run:
AT^EONS=2,46010
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Network Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
206
Response:
^EONS: 2,46010,"","",3,"004800550041005700450049"
OK
Run:
AT^EONS=5
Response:
^EONS:
5,46009,"004800550041005700450049",""
OK
When network 46009
is an HPLMN or
belongs to an
EHPLMN, or in EFSPDI.
^EONS:
5,46009,"0048005500410057004500490020
00540045005300540020005700300039",""
OK
When network 46009
is not in an HPLMN,
EHPLMN, or EFSPDI.
- "HUAWEI TEST W09" (UCS2 hexadecimal character string):
004800550041005700450049002000540045005300540020005700300039
- "HTW09" UCS2 (UCS2 hexadecimal character string): 00480054005700300039
- "HUAWEI" UCS2 (UCS2 hexadecimal character string): 004800550041005700450049
- "HUAWEI TEST W09 NETWORK" (UCS2 hexadecimal character string):
0048005500410057004500490020005400450053005400200057003000390020004E004500540057
004F0052004B
- "HTW09NET" UCS2 (UCS2 hexadecimal character string): 00480054005700300039004E0045005
12.5 AT^HCSQ-Query and Report Signal Strength
12.5.1 Command Syntax
AT^HCSQ?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^HCSQ:
<sysmode>[,<value1>[,<value2>[,<value3>[,<value4>[,<value5>]]]]]<CR><LF><CR><L
F>OK<CR><LF>
AT^HCSQ=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^HCSQ: list of supported <sysmode>s<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
URC
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Network Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
207
URC
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^HCSQ:
<sysmode>[,<value1>[,<value2>[,<value3>[,<value4>[,<value5>]]]]]<CR><LF>
12.5.2 Interface Description
This command queries and reports the signal strength of the current service network. If the
MT is registered with multiple networks in different service modes, you can query the signal
strength of networks in each mode.
No matter whether the MT is registered with a network or not, you can run this command to
query the signal strength or allow the MT to unsolicitedly report the detected signal strength if
the MT camps on the network. If the MT is not using any service network or the service mode
is uncertain, "NOSERVICE" will be returned as the query result, and MT will not
unsolicitedly report "NOSERVICE".
The read command queries the current network signal strength detected by the MT.
The test command returns the list of service modes supported by the MT.
The URC command allows the MT to unsolicitedly report the current signal strength when the
strength changes.
12.5.3 Parameter Description
<sysmode>: a string type value that indicates the service mode in which the MT will
unsolicitedly report the signal strength.
"NOSERVICE"
NOSERVICE mode
"GSM"
GSM/GRPS/EDGE mode
"WCDMA"
WCDMA/HSDPA/HSPA mode
"LTE"
LTE mode
"CDMA"
CDMA mode (not supported currently)
"EVDO"
EV-DO/eHRPD mode (not supported currently)
"CDMA-EVDO"
CDMA/EV-DO (eHRPD) mode (not supported currently)
<value1>, <value2>, <value3>, <value4>, <value5>: the following table lists the signal
strength type corresponding to each service mode.
<sysmode>
<value1>
<value2>
<value3>
<value4
>
<value5>
"NOSERVICE"
-
-
-
-
-
"GSM"
gsm_rssi
-
-
-
-
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Network Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
208
<sysmode>
<value1>
<value2>
<value3>
<value4
>
<value5>
"WCDMA"
wcdma_rssi
wcdma _rscp
wcdma_ecio
-
-
"LTE"
lte_rssi
lte_rsrp
lte_sinr
lte_rsrq
-
<gsm_rssi>, <wcdma_rssi>, <lte_rssi>: integer type values that indicate the received signal
strength. These parameters are available for GSM, WCDMA, LTE mode respectively.
0
rssi < -120 dBm
1
-120 dBm ≤ rssi < -119 dBm
2
-119 dBm ≤ rssi < -118 dBm
...
94
-27 dBm ≤ rssi < -26 dBm
95
-26 dBm ≤ rssi < -25 dBm
96
-25 dBm ≤ rssi
255
unknown or undetectable
<wcdma_rscp>: an integer type value that indicates the received signal code power. This
parameter is available for WCDMA mode.
0
rscp < -120 dBm
1
-120 dBm ≤ rscp < -119 dBm
2
-119 dBm ≤ rscp < -118 dBm
...
94
-27 dBm ≤ rscp < -26 dBm
95
-26 dBm ≤ rscp < -25 dBm
96
-25 dBm ≤ rscp
255
unknown or undetectable
<wcdma_ecio>: integer type values that indicate the downlink carrier-to-interference ratio.
These parameters are available for WCDMA mode respectively.
0
Ec/Io < -32 dB
1
-32 dB ≤ Ec/Io < -31.5 dB
2
-31.5 dB ≤ Ec/Io < -31 dB
...
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Network Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
209
63
-1 dB ≤ Ec/Io < -0.5 dB
64
-0.5 dB ≤ Ec/Io < 0 dB
65
0 dB ≤ Ec/Io
255
unknown or undetectable
<lte_rsrp>: an integer type value that indicates the reference signal received power. This
parameter is available for LTE mode.
0
rsrp < -140 dBm
1
-140 dBm ≤ rsrp < - 139 dBm
2
-139 dBm ≤ rsrp < -138 dBm
...
95
-46 dBm ≤ rsrp < -45 dBm
96
-45 dBm ≤ rsrp < -44 dBm
97
-44 dBm ≤ rsrp
255
unknown or undetectable
<lte_sinr>: an integer type value that indicates the signal to interference plus noise ratio. This
parameter is available for LTE mode.
0
sinr < -20 dB
1
-20 dB ≤ sinr < -19.8 dB
2
-19.8 dB ≤ sinr < -19.6 dB
...
249
29.6 dB ≤ sinr < 29.8 dB
250
29.8 dB ≤ sinr < 30 dB
251
30 dB ≤ sinr
255
unknown or undetectable
<lte_rsrq>: an integer type value that indicates the reference signal received quality in dB.
0
rsrq < -19.5 dB
1
-19.5 dB ≤ rsrq < -19 dB
2
-19 dB ≤ rsrq < -18.5 dB
...
32
-4 dB ≤ rsrq < -3.5 dB
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Network Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
210
33
-3.5 dB ≤ rsrq < -3 dB
34
-3 dB ≤ rsrq
255
unknown or undetectable
12.5.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
12.5.5 Example
Run:
AT^HCSQ=?
Response:
^HCSQ: "NOSERVICE","GSM","WCDMA","LTE"
OK
Run:
AT^HCSQ?
Response:
^HCSQ: "WCDMA",30,30,58
OK
12.6 ^SRVST-Service State Change Indication
12.6.1 Command Syntax
URC
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^SRVST: <srv_status><CR><LF>
12.6.2 Interface Description
When the state of a service is changed, the MT uses this command to unsolicitedly send the
new service state to the TE.
12.6.3 Parameter Description
<srv_status>: indicates the system service status.
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Network Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
211
0
No services
1
Restricted services
2
Valid services
3
Restricted regional services
4
Power saving or hibernate state
12.6.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
12.6.5 Example
When AT+COPS command is sent to MT, the state of a service is changed, and the MT
unsolicitedly sends this indication to the TE.
Run:
AT+COPS=1,2,"46009",0
Response:
^SRVST: 0
^MODE: 0,0
^MODE: 3,3
^SRVST: 1
^HCSQ: "GSM",36,255
^SRVST: 2
^HCSQ: "GSM",37,0
OK
12.7 ^SIMST-SIM Card State Change Indication
12.7.1 Command Syntax
URC
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Network Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
212
URC
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^SIMST: <sim_state><CR><LF>
12.7.2 Interface Description
When the state of the SIM card is changed, the MT uses this command to unsolicited send the
new state to the TE.
12.7.3 Parameter Description
<sim_state>: indicates the state of the SIM card.
0
Invalid SIM card.
1
Valid SIM card.
2
Invalid SIM card in CS domain.
3
Invalid SIM card in PS domain.
4
Invalid SIM card in PS domain and CS domain.
240
ROMSIM version.
255
No SIM card is found. This value may be returned if the SIM card is not inserted
or it is locked by the CardLock feature.
12.7.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
12.7.5 Example
Run:
AT+CPIN=1234
Response:
OK
^SIMST: 1
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Network Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
213
12.8 AT^NWTIME-Query Presentation of Network
System Time
12.8.1 Command Syntax
AT^NWTIME?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^NWTIME: <date>,<time>,<dt><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
12.8.2 Interface Description
This command controls the presentation of network system time, time zone, and daylight
saving time.
12.8.3 Parameter Description
<date>: specifies date in the format of yy/MM/dd.
<time>: specifies the time and time zone in the format of hh:mm:ss+tz. The value of <time>
consists of time and time zone, for example, 05:56:13+32. The unit of time zones is 15
minutes. The +32 value indicates 32 times of 15 minutes, that is, +8 hours.
<dt>: specifies daylight saving time. When the parameter is not specified, the board presents 0.
Otherwise, corresponding daylight saving time is presented. Detailed values and descriptions
are as follows (refer to table 10.5.97a/3GPP TS 24.008):
0
No adjustment for Daylight Saving Time
1
+1 hours adjustment for Daylight Saving Time
2
+2 hours adjustment for Daylight Saving Time
3
Reserved
12.8.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
12.8.5 Example
Query network system time, time zone, and daylight saving time:
Run:
AT^NWTIME?
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Network Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
214
Response:
^NWTIME: 11/12/20,12:33:18+32,0
OK
12.9 ^NWTIME-Unsolicitedly Report Network System
Time
12.9.1 Command Syntax
URC
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^NWTIME: <date>,<time>,<dt><CR><LF>
12.9.2 Interface Description
This command unsolicitedly reports network system time, time zone, and daylight saving
time.
12.9.3 Parameter Description
<date>: specifies date in the format of yy/MM/dd.
<time>: specifies the time and time zone in the format of hh:mm:ss+tz. The value of <time>
consists of time and time zone, for example, 05:56:13+32. The unit of time zones is 15
minutes. The +32 value indicates 32 times of 15 minutes, that is, +8 hours.
<dt>: specifies daylight saving time. When the parameter is not specified, the board presents 0.
Otherwise, corresponding daylight saving time is presented. Detailed values and descriptions
are as follows (refer to table 10.5.97a/3GPP TS 24.008):
0
No adjustment for Daylight Saving Time
1
+1 hours adjustment for Daylight Saving Time
2
+2 hours adjustment for Daylight Saving Time
3
Reserved
12.9.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
NA
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Network Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
215
12.9.5 Example
Report network system time, time zone, and daylight saving time:
Response:
^NWTIME: 11/12/20,12:31:34+32,0
12.10 ^PDPSTATUS-Unsolicitedly Report Deactivation
Reason
12.10.1 Command Syntax
URC
<CR><LF>^PDPSTATUS: <stat><CR><LF>
12.10.2 Interface Description
This command sends an unsolicited report to the host when PDP is deactivated.
12.10.3 Parameter Description
<stat>: an integer value type that indicates PDP context deactivation reasons.
0
PDP context deactivated by the network
1
PS domain deactivated by the network
2
PDP context deactivated by the module
12.10.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
12.10.5 Example
Response:
^PDPSTATUS: 0
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Network Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
216
12.11 ^NWNAME-Unsolicitedly Report NITZ Operator
Name
12.11.1 Command Syntax
URC
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^NWNAME: <Long Name>,<Short Name>,<Num Name><CR><LF>
12.11.2 Interface Dscription
This command reports the operator name when the network takes NITZ information.
12.11.3 Paramerter Description
<Long Name>: long alphanumeric operator name. If the NITZ information does not take long
name, the default value is null.
<Short Name>: short alphanumeric operator name. If the NITZ information does not take
short name, the default value is null.
<Num Name>: numeric operator name.
If the network does not take long name and short name, this command will not be reported.
It supports UCS2 and BIT7 formats from the network and supports the characters with green
colour in the following table.
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Network Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
217
12.11.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
12.11.5 Example
None
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS
Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
218
13 Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS
Service Interfaces
13.1 AT^WPDOM-Set Positioning Operation Mode
13.1.1 Command Syntax
AT^WPDOM=<mode>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT^WPDOM?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^WPDOM: <mode><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^WPDOM=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^WPDOM: (list of supported <mode>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
13.1.2 Interface Description
This command is used to set operation mode in the positioning process.
The set command is available before or after the session is positioned. Parameters cannot be
modified during the positioning process. Otherwise, an error message is returned.
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS
Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
219
13.1.3 Parameter Description
<mode>: indicates the operation mode.
0
Standalone only. In this mode, no network assistance is required, and an MS can
be in or not in the network coverage area. This mode can be used to position the
session without SIM cards.
1
MSA. The MS-assisted positioning mode used here is one of AGPS. The MS
needs to communicate with PDE or PDM upon each positioning, and the PDE or
PDM calculates position information. In this operation mode, the PDE or PDM
needs to be accessed, and network coverage is required. When the GPS fails in
this mode, this mode is automatically switched to the standalone mode for
positioning.
5
MSB. The network needs to provide positioning assistance information, and the
MS calculates the position information. When the GPS fails in this mode, this
mode is automatically switched to the standalone mode for positioning.
13.1.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
Y
N
13.1.5 Example
- Query the value range of operation modes:
Run:
AT^WPDOM=?
Response:
^WPDOM: (0,1,5)
OK
- Query the current operation mode:
Run:
AT^WPDOM?
Response:
^WPDOM: 5
OK
- Set the operation mode:
Run:
AT^WPDOM=0
Response:
OK
Run:
AT^WPDOM=1
Response:
OK
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS
Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
220
Run:
AT^WPDOM=5
Response:
OK
13.2 AT^WPDST-Set Session Type
13.2.1 Command Syntax
AT^WPDST=<type>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT^WPDST?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^WPDST: <type><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^WPDST=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^WPDST: (list of supported <type>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
13.2.2 Interface Description
This command is used to set the session type of the positioning operation.
The set command is available before or after the session is positioned. Parameters cannot be
modified in the positioning process. Otherwise, an error message is returned.
13.2.3 Parameter Description
<type>: indicates the session type.
0
Provide a single positioning operation.
1
Provide tracing positioning. The positioning value is obtained using the
designated frequency. The positioning frequency is set by AT^WPDFR. (default
value)
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS
Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
221
2
Provide the last positioning information, but do not execute the satellite searching
operation.
Present type: after run AT^WPDGP:
- If the module is positioned, the latest GGA sentences which are successfully
positioned are reported on the NMEA port.
- If the module fails to be positioned, or does not be positioned, a null GPGGA
sentence is reported.
13.2.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
N
13.2.5 Example
- Query the value range of session type:
Run:
AT^WPDST=?
Response:
^WPDST: (0-2)
OK
- Query the current session type:
Run:
AT^WPDST?
Response:
^WPDST: 1
OK
- Set the session type:
Run:
AT^WPDST=0
Response:
OK
13.3 AT^WPDFR-Set Positioning Frequency
13.3.1 Command Syntax
AT^WPDFR=<num>[,<time>]
Possible Response(s)
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS
Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
222
AT^WPDFR=<num>[,<time>]
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT^WPDFR?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^WPDFR: <num>[,<time>]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^WPDFR=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^WPDFR: (list of supported <num>s),(list of supported
<time>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
13.3.2 Interface Description
This command is used to set the positioning frequency in the tracing positioning session.
The set command is available before or after the session is positioned. Parameters cannot be
modified in the positioning process. Otherwise, an error message is returned.
This command can be used to set the positioning frequency only after the session type is set to the
tracing positioning by AT^WPDST.
13.3.3 Parameter Description
<num>: reported times of NMEA sentences including valid positioning information. The
value ranges from 0 to 65535, and the default value is 0. 0 specified limitless positioning.
<time>: time interval to report NMEA sentences. The time interval of this parameter ranges
from 1s to 1800s, and the default time interval is 1s.
On Linux system or systems like Linux, it is recommended to set <time> to be less than the selective
suspend time which is set by the system. This is to avoid the following situation that may happen:
because the system comes into the SS state, NEMA data cannot be reported to the host during the GPS
position. About that how to set the SS time on Linux system, please refer to Guide to Kernel Driver
Integration in Android for Huawei Modules V1.2.9 or later.
13.3.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
N
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS
Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
223
13.3.5 Example
- Query the value range of positioning frequency:
Run:
AT^WPDFR=?
Response:
^WPDFR: (0-65535),(1-1800)
OK
- Query the current positioning frequency:
Run:
AT^WPDFR?
Response:
^WPDFR: 0,1
OK
- Setting the positioning frequency fails:
Run:
AT^WPDST=0
Response:
OK
Run:
AT^WPDFR=20,2
Response:
+CME ERROR: operation not supported
- Setting the positioning frequency successes:
Run:
AT^WPDST=1
Response:
OK
Run:
AT^WPDFR=20,2
Response:
OK
13.4 AT^WPDGL-Set GPS Session Lock
13.4.1 Command Syntax
AT^WPDGL=<option>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS
Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
224
AT^WPDGL?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^WPDGL: <option><CR><LF> <CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^WPDGL=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^WPDGL: (list of supported <option>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
13.4.2 Interface Description
This command is used to set a GPS session lock.
The set command sets whether to disable the mobile initiated session and the mobile
terminated session or not. The set command is available before or after the session is
positioned. Parameters cannot be modified in the positioning process. Otherwise, an error
message is returned.
13.4.3 Parameter Description
<option>: GPS session lock type.
0
Enable MI and MT
1
Disable MI and enable MT
2
Enable MI and disable MT
3
Disable MI and MT
13.4.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
Y
N
13.4.5 Example
- Query the value range of the session lock type:
Run:
AT^WPDGL=?
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS
Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
225
Response:
^WPDGL: (0-3)
OK
- Query the current GPS session lock type:
Run:
AT^WPDGL?
Response:
^WPDGL: 0
OK
- Set the GPS session lock type:
Run:
AT^WPDGL=1
Response:
OK
13.5 AT^WPURL-Set AGPS Server Address and Port on
the 3GPP Network
13.5.1 Command Syntax
AT^WPURL=<url>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT^WPURL?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^WPURL: <url><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
13.5.2 Interface Description
The set command sets the address of the AGPS server on the 3GPP network. The set
command is available before or after the session is positioned. Parameters cannot be modified
in the positioning process. Otherwise, an error message is returned.
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS
Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
226
13.5.3 Parameter Description
<url>: a string type value without quotation marks indicates the address of the AGPS server in
the 3GPP server. It is a DNS address or an IP address.
13.5.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
Y
N
13.5.5 Example
Set the address of the AGPS server:
Run:
AT^WPURL=SUPL.EXAMPLE.COM:7276
Response:
OK
13.6 AT^WPDIM-Delete Auxiliary Data
13.6.1 Command Syntax
AT^WPDIM=<mode>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT^WPDIM=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^WPDIM: (list of supported <mode>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
13.6.2 Interface Description
The set command deletes the auxiliary positioning data inside a module. This command is
available after the MGP search engine is closed. The deletion operation cannot be performed
when the MGP search engine is open.
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS
Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
227
13.6.3 Parameter Description
<mode>: deletion type.
0
Cold start, this option clears all data that is currently stored in the internal
memory of the GPS receiver including position, almanac, ephemeris, and time.
1
Warm start, this option clears the ephemeris. The almanac is retained.
2
Hot start, this option does not clear anything. The almanac and ephemeris are
retained. (default value)
3
This option clears the LTO data.
13.6.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
13.6.5 Example
- Query the value range of deleting auxiliary data mode:
Run:
AT^WPDIM=?
Response:
^WPDIM: (0-3)
OK
- Set the deletion mode:
Run:
AT^WPDIM=1
Response:
OK
13.7 AT^WPDGP-Start Positioning Session
13.7.1 Command Syntax
AT^WPDGP
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS
Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
228
13.7.2 Interface Description
This command is used to enable the GPS function. Only one positioning operation is allowed
within the same period. When the GPS function is enabled, an error message is returned if this
command is set again.
13.7.3 Parameter Description
None
13.7.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
13.7.5 Example
- Setting PD session fails:
Run:
AT^WPDGL=1
Response:
OK
Run:
AT^WPDGP
Response:
+CME ERROR: GPS locked
- Setting PD session successes:
Run:
AT^WPDGL=0
Response:
OK
Run:
AT^WPDGP
Response:
OK
13.8 AT^WPEND-Terminate Positioning Process
13.8.1 Command Syntax
AT^WPEND
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS
Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
229
13.8.2 Interface Description
This command is used to end the GPS session. When no positioning session is available or the
positioning session is in off status, an error message is returned.
13.8.3 Parameter Description
None
13.8.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
13.8.5 Example
- Terminate the PD session successfully:
Run:
AT^WPEND
Response:
OK
- PD Session is not on going, Terminate Failure:
Run:
AT^WPEND
Response:
+CME ERROR: PD session is in off status
13.9 ^WNINV-Unsolicitedly Notify NI Positioning
13.9.1 Command Syntax
URC
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^WNINV:
<req_type>[,<transport_mode>[,<encoding_type>[,<requestor_id>[,<requestor_id_type>[,
<client_name>[,<client_name_type>[,<loc_type>[,<client_id>[,<codeword>[,<service_typ
e_id>[,<session_id>]]]]]]]]]]]<CR><LF>
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS
Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
230
13.9.2 Interface Description
This command is used by the module to notify the user of the positioning request from the
network side.
13.9.3 Parameter Description
<req_type>: NI request type.
0
Notify and Verify. Allowed on no answer. In this type, the module notifies the
user of the NI request and the user accepts or rejects the NI positioning. If the
user does not respond within 6s, the system accepts the NI positioning based on
the network policy.
1
Notify Only. In this type, the module notifies the user of the NI request, and the
user accepts the NI positioning by default.
2
No Notify and no Verify. In this type, the module does not notify the user of the
NI request. The user does not accept or reject the NI positioning either.
3
Notify and Verify. Denied on no answer. In this type, the module notifies the user
of the NI request and the user accepts or rejects the NI positioning. If the user
does not respond within 6s, the system rejects the NI positioning based on the
network policy.
4
Privacy override (It is used for preventing notification and verification without
leaving any traces of a performed position fix or position fix attempt in terms of
log files etc. on the simple end-point terminal).
For <req_type>=2, NI request is not reported to the upper layer application, and the module will take the
NI request.
<transport_mode>: AGPS transport mode.
1
User plane
<encoding_type>: AGPS transport mode.
0
UCS2 format
1
GSM Default format
2
UTF-8 format
<client_name>: the name of the location application. (not supported currently)
<requestor_id>: identity of the requestor.
<requestor_id_type> and <client_name_type>: the type of the requestor id and client name.
They can be one of the following values. (not supported currently)
1
Logical name
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS
Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
231
2
MSISDN (3GPP TS 23.003)
3
E-mail address (RFC 2396)
4
URL (RFC 2396)
5
SIP URL (RFC 3261)
6
IMS public identity (3GPP TS 23.228)
7
MIN
8
MDN
<loc_type>: (not supported currently)
0
Current location
1
Current or Last location known
2
Initial location
<client_id>: client identifier. It only is used by CP. (not supported currently)
<codeword>: this parameter contains the codeword associated to current positioning request
as described in 3GPP TS 23.271. It only is used by CP. (not supported currently)
<service_type_id>: this parameter defines the LCS service type of the current positioning
request. The possible values are defined in 3GPP TS 22.071. (not supported currently)
<session_id>: session index value. It is used to distinguish between multiple simultaneous
sessions.
13.9.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
NA
13.9.5 Example
- Notify and verify NI positioning (allowed on no answer):
Response:
^WNINV: 0,1,1,,,,,,,,,1
- Only notify NI positioning:
Response:
^WNINV: 1,1,1,,,,,,,,,1
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS
Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
232
13.10 AT^WNICT-Set NI Response
13.10.1 Command Syntax
AT^WNICT=<choice>[,<session_id>]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT^WNICT=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^WNICT: (list of supported <choice>s)[,(list of supported
<session_id>s)]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
13.10.2 Interface Description
The set command is used by the user to notify the module of the response to the NI
positioning request so that the module can perform relevant operations when the NI
positioning type is Notify and Verify. The user can accept or reject the NI positioning only
when the NI positioning type is Notify and Verify, and when the user receives the NI
positioning report or ^WNINV. Otherwise, an error message is returned.
13.10.3 Parameter Description
<choice>: indicates whether the user accepts the NI request.
0
No
1
Yes
<session_id>: session index value, which is corresponding to the value of <session_id>
reported by ^WNINV. It is used to distinguish between multiple simultaneous sessions.
13.10.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS
Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
233
13.10.5 Example
- Query the range of supported values:
Run:
AT^WNICT=?
Response:
^WNICT: (0-1),(0-65535)
OK
- Set NI response:
Run:
AT^WNICT=0,0
Response:
OK
Run:
AT^WNICT=1,1
Response:
OK
13.11 AT^WPCAP-Disable or Enable GNSS System
13.11.1 Command Syntax
AT^WPCAP=<system>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT^WPCAP?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^WPCAP: <system><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^WPCAP=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^WPCAP: (list of supported <system>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS
Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
234
13.11.2 Interface Description
This command is used to enable or disable a GNSS.
The set command sets the GNSS system type. Parameters cannot be modified in the
positioning process. Otherwise, an error message is returned. The settings take effect
immediately and will be saved upon power-off.
The read command queries the current positioning system type.
The test command returns the value range of the positioning system type.
13.11.3 Parameter Description
<system>: GNSS system type. The value is a decimal integer, represented by one byte.
- When the corresponding bit is 0, the related GNSS system is disabled.
- When the corresponding bit is 1, the related GNSS system is enabled.
Bit0
GPS
Bit1
GLONASS
Bit2
COMPASS, namely BeiDou (not supported currently)
Bit3
GALILEO (not supported currently)
13.11.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
Y
N
13.11.5 Example
- Disable all the GNSS systems in a module:
Run:
AT^WPCAP=0
Response:
OK
- Query the current GNSS system type:
Run:
AT^WPCAP?
Response:
^WPCAP: 3
OK
- Query the supported GNSS system types:
Run:
AT^WPCAP=?
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS
Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
235
Response:
^WPCAP: (0,3)
OK
13.12 AT^AGNSSCFG-Set an AGNSS System's
Capabilities
13.12.1 Command Syntax
AT^AGNSSCFG=<asystem>,<value1>[,<value2>,<value3>]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT^AGNSSCFG?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^AGNSSCFG:
<asystem>,<value1>,<value2>,<value3>[<CR><LF>^AGNSSCFG:
<asystem>,<value1>,<value2>,<value3>[...]]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^AGNSSCFG=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^AGNSSCFG: <asystem>,(list of supported <value1>s),(list of supported
<value2>s),(list of supported <value3>s)[<CR><LF>^AGNSSCFG: <asystem>,(list of
supported <value1>s),(list of supported <value2>s),(list of supported
<value3>s)[...]]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
13.12.2 Interface Description
This command is used to set an AGNSS capabilities. It cannot be used to configure the
AGNSS system type.
The set command sets an AGNSS system's capabilities. Parameters cannot be modified in the
positioning process. Otherwise, an error message is returned.
The read command queries the parameter settings of all the supported AGNSS systems. If a
parameter is not supported, no value is returned for it.
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS
Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
236
13.12.3 Parameter Description
<asystem>: type of the AGNSS system.
1
AGPS
<value1>,<value2>,<value3>: an AGNSS system's capabilities. The capabilities you can set
vary according to AGNSS system types. Currently, only the capabilities of the AGPS can be
set. The following table provides more details.
<asystem>
<value1>
<value2>
<value3>
AGPS
transport_mode
supl_ver
sec_mode
If set <transport_mode> to 1, <supl_ver>, <sec_mode> parameters must be filled in,
otherwise error will be returned.
<transport_mode>: transport mode of the AGPS system.
1
User plane (default value)
<supl_ver>: SUPL version.
1
SUPL 1.0
2
SUPL 2.0 (default value)
<sec_mode>: whether to enable security mode.
0
Disable security mode. No certificate is required. (default value)
1
Enable security mode. A certificate is required.
13.12.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
Y
N
13.12.5 Example
- Set the AGPS system's capabilities:
Run:
AT^AGNSSCFG=1,1,1,0
Response:
OK
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS
Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
237
- Query the supported AGNSS system's parameter settings:
Run:
AT^AGNSSCFG?
Response:
^AGNSSCFG: 1,1,1,0
OK
- Query the types of the supported AGNSS system's capabilities:
Run:
AT^AGNSSCFG=?
Response:
^AGNSSCFG: 1,1,(1,2),(0,1)
OK
13.13 ^POSEND-Unsolicitedly Report Positioning End
Information
13.13.1 Command Syntax
URC
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^POSEND: <reason>,<leftfixnum><CR><LF>
13.13.2 Interface Description
This command is used to report the ending reason and the left positioning times when the
positioning ends and the positioning session is over.
13.13.3 Parameter Description
<reason>: positioning end reason.
-1
Normal end
9
User end
12
Timeout
15
Error in fix
22
Unknown error
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS
Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
238
<leftfixnum>: left positioning times. When the positioning time set by AT^WPDFR is 0, the
left positioning times returned by ^POSEND is 65535 all the time.
13.13.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
NA
13.13.5 Example
If users end the PD session, the following response will be presented:
Response:
^POSEND: 9,0
13.14 AT^WPTLS-Set TLS Certificate
13.14.1 Command Syntax
AT^WPTLS=<length>[,<index>,<tls>]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT^WPTLS?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^WPTLS: <length>[,<index>,<tls>][<CR><LF>^WPTLS:
<length>,<index>,<tls>[...]]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
13.14.2 Interface Description
The set command injects or deletes the TLS certificate data. When the value of <length> is
more than 0, the <tls> will be injected. If the TLS certificate length is greater than 300
characters, the entire text has to be split into 300 character segments and each segment is sent
by using one separate AT^WPTLS command. The <index> shall indicate the segment number
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS
Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
239
of the TLS certificate being set. When <length>=0, the TLS certificate data will be deleted. In
this case, <index> and <tls> does not need to be set.
The set command is available before or after the session is positioned. Parameters cannot be
modified in the positioning process. Otherwise, an error message is returned.
The read command queries the TLS certificate data.
13.14.3 Parameter Description
<length>: the total length of the TLS certificate.
<index>: current packet index, counting from 1.
<tls>: content of the TLS certificate file (with quotation marks).
13.14.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
Y
N
13.14.5 Example
- Inject the TLS certificate of the AGPS server:
Run:
AT^WPTLS=304,1,"30820242308201ec020900d9f63efc3f85582c300d0
6092a864886f70d01010505003081a7311f301d060355040a1316537069
72656e7420436f6d6d756e69636174696f6e73310e300c060355040b130
550412d57503125302306092a864886f70d0109011616737570706f7274
4073706972656e74636f6d2e636f6d31123010060355040713094561746
f6e746f776e310b300906"
Response:
OK
Run:
AT^WPTLS=304,2,"f025"
Response:
OK
- Read the TLS certificate of the AGPS server:
Run:
AT^WPTLS?
Response:
^WPTLS:
304,1,"30820242308201ec020900d9f63efc3f85582c300d06092a864
886f70d01010505003081a7311f301d060355040a131653706972656e7
420436f6d6d756e69636174696f6e73310e300c060355040b130550412
d57503125302306092a864886f70d0109011616737570706f727440737
06972656e74636f6d2e636f6d31123010060355040713094561746f6e7
46f776e310b300906"
^WPTLS: 304,2,"f025"
OK
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS
Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
240
- Delete the TLS certificate of the AGPS server:
Run:
AT^WPTLS=0
Response:
OK
13.15 AT^WPINFO-Get GNSS Engine Status
13.15.1 Command Syntax
AT^WPINFO?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^WPINFO: <System><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
13.15.2 Interface Description
This read command queries the current GNSS engine.
13.15.3 Parameter Description
<System>: GNSS system type. The value is a decimal integer, represented by one byte.
- When the corresponding bit is 1, the related GNSS system is in the positioning state.
- When the corresponding bit is 0, the related GNSS system is not in the positioning state.
For parameter values, see 13.11 AT^WPCAP-Disable or Enable GNSS System.
13.15.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
13.15.5 Example
Query the current GPS engine state:
Run:
AT^WPINFO?
Response:
^WPINFO:3
OK
The GPS and GLONASS systems cooperate to
implement positioning.
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS
Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
241
13.16 AT^NISMSFWD-Control the Report of SUPL NI
Short Messages
13.16.1 Command Syntax
AT^NISMSFWD=<mode>[,<port>]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^NISMSFWD?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^NISMSFWD: <mode>,<port><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^NISMSFWD=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^NISMSFWD: (list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported
<port>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
13.16.2 Interface Description
This command is used to enable or disable the short message report function on specified
ports and specify the ports that need to report short messages. When the short message report
function is enabled in a module and the destination port number in the packet header of a
short message received by the module is the same as the port number specified by this
command, the short message is directly reported to the TE using a PDU packet.
13.16.3 Parameter Description
<mode>: whether to enable the short message report function.
0
Disable the short message report function.
1
Enable the short message report function. (default value)
When <mode> is set to 0, none of the short messages received by a module will be reported using the
^NISMSFWD command, no matter what the destination port numbers in the packet headers of the short
messages are.
<port>: port number for reporting short messages, specifically, the destination port number in
the packet header of a short message to be reported. The value is an integer ranging from 0 to
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS
Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
242
65535. By default, the previous setting is used for this parameter. If this parameter has not
been set, the default value is 7275, which is the destination port number in the packet header
in a GPS short message.
13.16.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
13.16.5 Example
Enable the short message report function and specify the destination port number:
Run:
AT^NISMSFWD=1,7275
Response:
OK
13.17 ^NISMSFWD-Unsolicitedly Report Short Messages
with Specified Destination Port Numbers
13.17.1 Command Syntax
URC
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^NISMSFWD: <pdu><CR><LF>
13.17.2 Interface Description
This command is used to unsolicitedly report a short message that has the destination port
number specified. When the short message report function is enabled in a module and the
destination port number in the packet header of a short message received by the module is the
same as the port number specified by the AT^NISMSFWD command, this command directly
reports the PDU packet of the short message to the TE.
13.17.3 Parameter Description
<pdu>: protocol data unit. (refer to 3GPP TS 23.040)
13.17.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
NA
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS
Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
243
13.17.5 Example
If the short message report function is enabled in a module and the destination port number in
the packet header of a short message received by the module is the same as the port number
specified by this command, the following response is displayed:
Response:
^NISMSFWD:
07804180551512F2440B804180551512F27DF53090211203756B18060504
EA061C6B0011010000400000004605400118209004001101000040000000
4605400118209004
13.18 AT^LTOLOCK-Enable/Disable the LTO Feature
13.18.1 Command Syntax
AT^LTOLOCK=<lockstate>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT^LTOLOCK?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^LTOLOCK: <lockstate><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^LTOLOCK=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^LTOLOCK: (list of supported
<lockstate>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
13.18.2 Interface Description
The set command enables or disables the LTO feature.
The read command queries the status (enabled or disabled) of the LTO feature.
The test command returns the present value range.
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS
Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
244
The set command can be used only before or after a positioning session. Do not modify the
parameters in the set command during the positioning. After the LTO feature is enabled and
AT^WPDOM=0 is run, LTO data is checked. If the LTO data is valid, it is used to accelerate
the positioning. After the LTO feature is disabled, the standard standalone positioning is used.
The LTO feature is enabled by default. To disable the LTO feature on a client, deliver the
AT^LTOLOCK=1 command before enabling the GPS positioning function. To enable the
LTO feature on a client, deliver the AT^LTOLOCK=0 command before enabling the GPS
positioning function.
13.18.3 Parameter Description
<lockstate>: positioning system type. The settings take effect at power-off.
0
Enable the LTO feature. (default value)
1
Disable the LTO feature.
13.18.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
Y
N
13.18.5 Example
Disable the LTO feature:
Run:
AT^LTOLOCK=1
Response:
OK
13.19 AT^HWCUST-Enable Custom Hardware Function
13.19.1 Command Syntax
AT^HWCUST=<func>,<action>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT^HWCUST?
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS
Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
245
AT^HWCUST?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^HWCUST: list of (<func>,<action>)s<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^HWCUST=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^HWCUST: list of supported (<func>,(list of supported
<action>s))s<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
13.19.2 Interface Description
This command is used to control the hardware pin and to enable or disable a specified
hardware function.
13.19.3 Parameter Description
<func>: hardware function.
0
GNSS reference clock
1-255
Reserved
<action>: operation on the hardware pin. The value of <action> varies according to the value
of <func>.
0
Disable output (default value)
1
Enable output
2-255
Reserved
13.19.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
N
13.19.5 Example
The following assumes that the module only supports the GNSS reference clock function.
- Enable the output of the GNSS reference clock function:
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS
Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
246
Run:
AT^HWCUST=0,1
Response:
OK
- Query the status of a specified hardware function:
Run:
AT^HWCUST?
Response:
^HWCUST: 0,1
OK
- Query the present value range:
Run:
AT^HWCUST=?
Response:
^HWCUST: 0,(0,1)
OK
13.20 AT+XCELLINFO-Provide Cell Information
13.20.1 Command Syntax
AT+XCELLINFO=<mode>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+XCELLINFO?
Possible Response(s)
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS
Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
247
AT+XCELLINFO?
When <type>=0 or <type>=1:
<CR><LF>+XCELLINFO:
<mode>,<type>,<MCC>,<MNC>,<LAC>,<CI>,<RxLev>[,<t_advance>,<Arfcn>,<Bsic>]
[<CR><LF>+XCELLINFO:
<mode>,<type>,<MCC>,<MNC>,<LAC>,<CI>,<RxLev>[,<t_advance>][...]]<CR><LF><
CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
When <type>=2 or <type>=3 or <type>=4:
<CR><LF>+XCELLINFO:
<mode>,<type>,<MCC>,<MNC>,<LAC>,<CI>,<scrambling_code>,<dl_frequency>,<rsc
p>,<ecn0>[,<pathloss>][<CR><LF>+XCELLINFO:
<mode>,<type>,<MCC>,<MNC>,<LAC>,<CI>,<scrambling_code>,<dl_frequency>,<rsc
p>,<ecn0>,<pathloss>[...]]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
When <type>=5:
<CR><LF>+XCELLINFO:
<mode>,<type>,<MCC>,<MNC>,<CI>,<PhyCellID>,<TrackingAreaCode>,<RSRPResult
>,<RSRQResult>,<TA>[<CR><LF>+XCELLINFO:
<mode>,<type>,<MCC>,<MNC>,<CI>,<PhyCellID>,<TrackingAreaCode>,<RSRPResult
>,<RSRQResult>,<TA>[...]]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
When <type>=6:
<CR><LF>+XCELLINFO:
<mode>,<type>,[[<Earfcn>,[<PhyCellID>,[<RSRPResult>,[<RSRQResult>]]]]][<CR><L
F>+XCELLINFO:
<mode>,<type>,[[<Earfcn>,[<PhyCellID>,[<RSRPResult>,[<RSRQResult>]]]]][...]]<CR>
<LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+XCELLINFO=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+XCELLINFO: (list of supported
<mode>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
13.20.2 Interface Description
This command provides a periodic reporting of the serving cell and the neighbour cells for
GSM, UMTS cells and LTE.
The read command will return +CME ERROR when the network is not registered.
13.20.3 Parameter Description
<mode>:
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS
Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
248
0
Disable the periodic reporting (default value)
1
Enable the periodic reporting
2
Currently not used (backward compatibility)
<type>:
0
GSM serving cell
1
GSM neighbour cell (not supported currently)
2
UMTS serving cell
3
UMTS neighbour cell (not supported currently)
4
UMTS detected cell (not supported currently)
5
LTE serving cell
6
LTE neighbour cell (not supported currently)
<MCC>: integer type; Mobile Country Code. The value is 65535 when this parameter is
invalid.
<MNC>: integer type; Mobile Network Code. The value is 65535 when this parameter is
invalid.
<LAC>: integer type; Location area code in hexadecimal format. The value is FFFF when this
parameter is invalid.
<CI>: integer type; GERAN/UTRAN/E-UTRAN cell ID in hexadecimal format. The value is
FFFFFFFF when this parameter is invalid.
<Arfcn>: Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number of the cell.
<Bsic>: base station identification code, which is a 2-digit decimal number.
<scrambling_code>: integer type; Scrambling Code. (not supported currently)
<rscp>: integer type; Received Signal Code Power. (not supported currently)
<ecn0>: integer type; Energy per chip/noise. (not supported currently)
<dl_frequency>: integer type; Downlink frequency. (not supported currently)
<pathloss>: integer type; Path loss. The value is 255 when this parameter is invalid.. (not
supported currently)
<RxLev>: integer type; Signal strength. The value ranges from 0 to 63.
<t_advance>: integer type; Timing Advance. Only valid for the serving cell. (not supported
currently)
<PhysCellId>: integer type, Physical Cell ID. (Ref: 3GPP TS 36.331, 6.3.4, PhysCellId IE)
(not supported currently)
<TrackingAreaCode>: integer type; Tracking Area Code in hexadecimal format. (Ref: 3GPP
TS 36.331, 6.3.4, TrackingAreaCode IE) (not supported currently)
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS
Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
249
<RSRPResult>: integer type; Reference Signal Received Power. The value ranges from 0 to
97. (Ref: 3GPP TS 36.331, 6.3.5, RSRP-Range IE) (not supported currently)
<RSRQPResult>: integer type; Reference Signal Received Quality. The value ranges from 0
to 34. (Ref: 3GPP TS 36.331, 6.3.5, RSRQ-Range IE) (not supported currently)
<TA>: integer type; Timing Advance. The value ranges from 0 to 1282. (Ref: 3GPP TS
36.321). (not supported currently)
<Earfcn>: integer type; The carrier frequency of the neighbor cell designated by the EUTRA
Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number (EARFCN), The value ranges from 0 to 0xFFFF.
(Ref: 3GPP TS 36.101, 5.7.3) (not supported currently)
<PhyCellID>: integer type; The physical cell ID of the neighbor cell. The value ranges from 0
to 503. (Ref: 3GPP TS 36.331, 6.3.4, PhysCellId IE) (not supported currently)
<RSRPResult>: integer type; Average RSRP of the neighbor cell. The value ranges from 1 to
97. (Ref: 3GPP TS 36.331, 6.3.5, RSRP-Range IE) (not supported currently)
<RSRQResult>: integer type; Average RSRQ of the neighbor cell. The value ranges from 0 to
34. (Ref: 3GPP TS 36.331, 6.3.5, RSRQ-Range IE) (not supported currently)
13.20.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
13.20.5 Example
- Query the cells information after GSM network is registered:
Run:
AT+XCELLINFO?
Response:
+XCELLINFO: 0,0,460,09,2,1,53,,550,0
OK
- Query the cells information after WCDMA network is registered:
Run:
AT+XCELLINFO?
Response:
+XCELLINFO: 0,2,234,15,,100005,,,,,
OK
- Query the cells information after LTE network is registered:
Run:
AT+XCELLINFO?
Response:
+XCELLINFO: 0,5,460,09,E15,,,,,
OK
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS
Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
250
13.21 +XCELLINFO-Automatically Report Cell
Information
13.21.1 Command Syntax
URC
Possible Response(s)
When <type>=0 or <type>=1:
<CR><LF>+XCELLINFO:
<type>,<MCC>,<MNC>,<LAC>,<CI>,<RxLev>[,<t_advance>,<Arfcn>,<Bsic>][<CR><
LF>+XCELLINFO:
<type>,<MCC>,<MNC>,<LAC>,<CI>,<RxLev>[,<t_advance>][...]]<CR><LF>
When <type>=2 or <type>=3 or <type>=4:
<CR><LF>+XCELLINFO:
<type>,<MCC>,<MNC>,<LAC>,<CI>,<scrambling_code>,<dl_frequency>,<rscp>,<ecn0
>[,<pathloss>][<CR><LF>+XCELLINFO:
<type>,<MCC>,<MNC>,<LAC>,<CI>,<scrambling_code>,<dl_frequency>,<rscp>,<ecn0
>[,<pathloss>][...]]<CR><LF>
When <type>=5:
<CR><LF>+XCELLINFO:
<type>,<MCC>,<MNC>,<CI>,<PhyCellID>,<TrackingAreaCode>,<RSRPResult>,<RSR
QResult>,<TA>[<CR><LF>+XCELLINFO:
<type>,<MCC>,<MNC>,<CI>,<PhyCellID>,<TrackingAreaCode>,<RSRPResult>,<RSR
QResult>,<TA>[...]]<CR><LF>
When <type>=6:
<CR><LF>+XCELLINFO:
<type>,[[<Earfcn>,[<PhyCellID>,[<RSRPResult>,[<RSRQResult>]]]]][<CR><LF>+XCE
LLINFO:
<type>,[[<Earfcn>,[<PhyCellID>,[<RSRPResult>,[<RSRQResult>]]]]][...]]<CR><LF>
13.21.2 Interface Description
If the module has registered with a network and the function to report cell information is
enabled, cell information will be reported at an interval of 1 second.
13.21.3 Parameter Description
For details, see 13.20.3 Parameter Description for the AT+XCELLINFO command.
13.21.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS
Service Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
251
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
NA
13.21.5 Example
If the module has registered with the GSM network and the function to report cell information
is enabled, the following response is displayed:
Response:
+XCELLINFO: 0,460,09,2,0,63,,550,0
If the module has registered with the UMTS network and the function to report cell
information is enabled, the following response is displayed:
Response:
+XCELLINFO: 2,234,15,,100005,,,,,
If the module has registered with the LTE network and the function to report cell information
is enabled, the following response is displayed:
Response:
+XCELLINFO: 5,460,09,12C,,,,,
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: STK
Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
252
14 Huawei Proprietary Interface: STK
Interface
14.1 AT^STSF-Configure STK
14.1.1 Command Syntax
AT^STSF=<Mode>[,<RawMode>]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT^STSF?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^STSF: <Mode>[,<RawMode>]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^STSF=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^STSF: (list of supported <Mode>s)[,(list of supported
<RawMode>s)]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
14.1.2 Interface Description
The set command configures STK, including:
- Activate and deactivate the function of STK
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: STK
Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
253
- Set the mode of STK
The read command queries the current value of <Mode> and <RawMode>(if <RawMode> is
supported).
The test command returns supported modes as a compound value and a list of supported
<RawMode> (if <RawMode> is supported).
14.1.3 Parameter Description
<Mode>:
0
Deactivate STK.
1
Activate STK.
<RawMode>:
0
Raw data mode (not supported currently)
1
Common mode (not supported currently)
2
Standard raw data mode
- Parameter values of <Mode> are saved when MT is powered off. Parameter values of <RawMode>
are not saved when MT is powered off
- <RawMode> is an optional parameter. Some Huawei modules do not support this parameter. When
<RawMode> is in standard raw data mode, which indicates customers should comply with the
relative AT interface specification of STK in 3GPP TS 27.007 R11.
- <RawMode> has no fixed default value. Default value in different platforms may vary. If modules
use with the old dashboard that does not support STK modes conversion, the default value is 1. If
modules do not use with the old dashboard and support standard raw data mode, the default value is
2.
14.1.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
Y
N
14.1.5 Example
- Deactivate STK:
Run:
AT^STSF=0
Response:
OK
- Parameter setting error:
Run:
AT^STSF=3,0
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: STK
Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
254
Response:
ERROR
- Activate STK and set STK to standard raw data mode:
Run:
AT^STSF=1,2
Response:
OK
14.2 AT^CUSATM-Query the Main Menu
14.2.1 Command Syntax
AT^CUSATM?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^CUSATM: <setup_menu><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
14.2.2 Interface Description
This command queries STK main menu information. After UICC sends the proactive
command "SETUP MENU" to MT, TE can use AT^CUSATM? to query the content of the
proactive command "SETUP MENU". If UICC does not send the proactive command
"SETUP MENU" to MT, <setup_menu> is empty when TE queries the content of the
proactive command "SETUP MENU".
14.2.3 Parameter Description
<setup_menu>: UICC proactive command, string type in hexadecimal character format,
consisting of the full BER-TLV data object (which is the proactive command "SETUP
MENU" sent by UICC) as defined in 3GPP TS 31.111, ETSI TS 102.221 and ETSI TS
102.223 protocols.
14.2.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
14.2.5 Example
Query the main menu:
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: STK
Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
255
Run:
AT^CUSATM?
Response:
^CUSATM:
"D0818A81030125008202818285118051687403901A00550053004900
4D53618F0D01444953504C415920544558548F0A0247455420494E4B4
5598F0A0347455420494E5055548F0A044D4F52452054494D458F0A05
504C415920544F4E458F0E06504F4C4C20494E54455256414C8F08075
24546524553488F130853454E442053484F5254204D455353414745"
OK
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Tunable Antenna Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
256
15 Huawei Proprietary Interface: Tunable
Antenna Interface
15.1 AT^ANTENCFG-Set Tunable Antenna
15.1.1 Command Syntax
AT^ANTENCFG=<mode>,<pattern>[,<band>[,<pattern>,<band>[...]]]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^ANTENCFG?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^ANTENCFG: <CR><LF><mode>:
<pattern>,<band>[,<pattern>,<band>[...]][[<CR><LF><mode>:
<pattern>,<band>[,<pattern>,<band>[...]]][...]]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^ANTENCFG=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^ANTENCFG: (list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported <pattern>s),(list
of supported <band>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
15.1.2 Interface Description
The set command sets the antenna tuner configuration for each band of every mode.
The read command queries the antenna tuner configuration of each band of all modes.
The test command returns the parameter values supported by the command.
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Tunable Antenna Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
257
15.1.3 Parameter Description
<mode>: indicates the mode of network.
0
GSM
1
WCDMA
2
CDMA (not supported currently)
3
LTE
<pattern>: indicates the configuration of antenna tuner. Pattern bit field, 8-bit digit with
decimalization. A binary bit indicates an ANTCTL pin.
Bit[4-7]
Bit[3]
Bit[2]
Bit[1]
Bit[0]
Reserved
ANTCTL3
ANTCTL2
ANTCTL1
ANTCTL0
0
Low Level
1
High Level
<band>: indicates band bit field, 64-bit digit with hexadecimal. A binary bit indicates a
frequency band. The value of binary bit is shown in the following tables.
Table 15-1 The value of <band> when <mode>=0
Parameters
Band
0000000000000001
GSM850
0000000000000002
GSM900
0000000000000004
GSM1800
0000000000000008
GSM1900
...
...
FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
All supported bands
Table 15-2 The value of <band> when <mode>=1
Parameters
Band
0000000000000001
WCDMA_I_IMT_2100
0000000000000002
WCDMA_II_PCS_1900
0000000000000004
WCDMA_III_1700
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Tunable Antenna Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
258
Parameters
Band
0000000000000008
WCDMA_IV_1700
0000000000000010
WCDMA_V_850
0000000000000020
WCDMA_VI_800
0000000000000040
WCDMA_VII_2600
0000000000000080
WCDMA_VIII_900
0000000000000100
WCDMA_IX_1700
0000000000000200
WCDMA_X
0000000000000400
WCDMA_XI
0000000000000800
WCDMA_XII
0000000000001000
WCDMA_XIII
0000000000002000
WCDMA_XIV
0000000000004000
WCDMA_XV
0000000000008000
WCDMA_XVI
0000000000010000
WCDMA_XVII
0000000000020000
WCDMA_XVIII
0000000000040000
WCDMA_XIX
...
...
FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
All supported bands
Table 15-3 The value of <band> when <mode>=2
Parameters
Band
0000000000000001
BC0 A
0000000000000002
BC0 B
0000000000000004
BC1
0000000000000008
BC2
0000000000000010
BC3
0000000000000020
BC4
0000000000000040
BC5
0000000000000080
BC6
...
...
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Tunable Antenna Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
259
Parameters
Band
FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
All supported bands
Table 15-4 The value of <band> when <mode>=3
Parameters
Band
0000000000000001
Band 1
0000000000000002
Band 2
0000000000000004
Band 3
0000000000000008
Band 4
0000000000000010
Band 5
0000000000000020
Band 6
0000000000000040
Band 7
0000000000000080
Band 8
0000000000000100
Band 9
0000000000000200
Band 10
0000000000000400
Band 11
0000000000000800
Band 12
0000000000001000
Band 13
0000000000002000
Band 14
0000000000004000
Band 15
0000000000008000
Band 16
0000000000010000
Band 17
0000000000020000
Band 18
0000000000040000
Band 19
0000000000080000
Band 20
...
...
FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
All supported bands
[,<band>[,<pattern>,<band>]...]: indicates that select all supported bands when all parameters
are default. One <pattern> is set according to <band> in the same group.
The parameter can set several groups (less or equal to seven groups) of pattern at one time.
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Tunable Antenna Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
260
15.1.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
Y
N
15.1.5 Example
Run:
AT^ANTENCFG=?
Response:
^ANTENCFG:
(0,1,3),(0-15),(00000000000
0000F,0000000000000093,0000
0000080800D7)
OK
Indicate that the module
supports GSM, WCDMA and LTE. The
pattern is from 0 to 15. The
module supports GSM 4 bands,
WCDMA BC1, BC2, BC5, BC8, and
LTE B1, B2, B3, B5, B7, B8, B20,
B28.
Run:
AT^ANTENCFG=0,1,2
Set the antenna tuner
configuration of GSM900 to be 1.
Response:
OK
Run:
AT^ANTENCFG?
Response:
^ANTENCFG:
0:
0,000000000000000D,1,000000
0000000002
1: 0,FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
3: 0,FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
OK
Indicate that the current
configuration of GSM900 is 1,
other bands are 0.
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Main
And AUX Switch Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
261
16 Huawei Proprietary Interface: Main
And AUX Switch Interface
16.1 AT^ANTMODE-Set Operation Mode of Main and
AUX Antennas
16.1.1 Command Syntax
AT^ANTMODE=<ant_mode>[,<nw_mode>]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^ANTMODE?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^ANTMODE: <ant_mode>,<nw_mode><CR><LF>[^ANTMODE:
<ant_mode>,<nw_mode><CR><LF>][...]<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^ANTMODE=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^ANTMODE: (list of supported <ant_mode>s),(list of supported
<nw_mode>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
16.1.2 Interface Description
The set command sets the operation mode of main and AUX antennas on different networks.
The module will be reset after running the command and returning OK.
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Main
And AUX Switch Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
262
The read command queries the current operation mode of main and AUX antennas on
different networks.
The test command returns the list of operation modes of main and AUX antennas supported
by the module.
16.1.3 Parameter Description
<ant_mode>: indicates the operation mode of main and AUX antennas.
0
The main and AUX antennas are all enabled. (default value)
1
The main antenna is enabled.
2
The AUX antenna is enabled.
<nw_mode>: indicates the network.
0
All networks (default value)
1
Reserved
2
WCDMA
3
LTE
4
CDMA 1X (not supported currently)
5
TD-SCDMA (not supported currently)
6
WiMAX (not supported currently)
7
CDMA EVDO (not supported currently)
If <nw_mode> is not specified, it is equivalent to set <nw_mode> to 0.
16.1.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
Y
N
16.1.5 Example
- Query the current operation mode of the main and AUX antennas:
Run:
AT^ANTMODE?
Response:
^ANTMODE: 0,2
^ANTMODE: 2,3
OK
The response indicates that the main and
AUX antennas are all enabled on the WCDMA
network, and the AUX antenna is enabled
on the LTE network.
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Main
And AUX Switch Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
263
- Query the list of operation modes of main and AUX antennas supported by the module:
Run:
AT^ANTMODE=?
Response:
^ANTMODE: (0,1,2),(0,2,3)
OK
- Set the main and AUX antennas to be all enabled on all networks:
Run:
AT^ANTMODE=0
Response:
OK
- Set the main antenna to be enabled on the WCDMA network:
Run:
AT^ANTMODE=1,2
Response:
OK
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: M.2
Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
264
17 Huawei Proprietary Interface: M.2
Interface
17.1 AT+XTSM-Set Thermal Sensor with the Threshold
17.1.1 Command Syntax
AT+XTSM=<temp_sensor_id>[,<AlarmID>[,[<TripPointTemp>,<Hysteresis>][,
<sampling_period>]]]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT+XTSM=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+XTSM: (list of supported <temp_sensor_id>s),(list of supported
<AlarmId>s),(list of supported <TripPointTemp>s),(list of supported <Hysteresis>s),(list
of supported <sampling_period>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
17.1.2 Interface Description
This command configures thermal sensors with the threshold break points.
The set command enables or disables the alarms for particular sensor.
The test command returns the possible values of thermal sensor monitoring option, alarm ID
range for trip point, hysteresis and sampling period.
17.1.3 Parameter Description
<temp_sensor_id>: indicates temperature sensor ID. Currently only RF sensor is supported.
0
RF sensor
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: M.2
Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
265
<AlarmID>: indicates alarm ID value. The value ranges from 1 to 10.
<TripPointTemp>: the minimum value is 0 and the maximum value is 119000 in MilliDegC.
The actual temperature is <TripPointTemp> minus 20000 MilliDegC. For example, when
<TripPointTemp> is 0, the actual temperature is -20000 MilliDegC, and also the
<TripPointTemp> 119000 is corresponding to 99000 MilliDegC.
<Hysteresis>: the minimum value is 100, and the maximum value is 99000 in MiliDegC.
<Hysteresis> can be used only with <TripPointTemp>.
<sampling_period>: indicates polling interval in millisecond. The minimum value is 1000,
and the maximum value is 131071000.
17.1.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
17.1.5 Example
- Set the alarm ID, tripPointTemp value, hysteresis value, and sampling period:
Run:
AT+XTSM=0,1,50000,3000,2000
Response:
OK
- Query the available value ranges of these parameters:
Run:
AT+XTSM=?
Response:
+XTSM: 0,(1-10),(0-119000),(100-99000),(1000-131071000)
OK
- Set the alarm ID, tripPointTemp value, and hysteresis value:
Run:
AT+XTSM=0,3,76000,5000
Response:
OK
- Set the sampling period:
Run:
AT+XTSM=0,10,,30000
Response:
OK
- Delete one alarm:
Run:
AT+XTSM=0,10
Response:
OK
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: M.2
Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
266
- Delete all alarms:
Run:
AT+XTSM=0
Response:
OK
17.2 +XTS-Unsolicitedly Present of the Threshold Reached
17.2.1 Command Syntax
URC
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+XTS: <temp_sensor_id>,<AlarmId>,<OnOff>,<Temp><CR><LF>
17.2.2 Interface Description
The URC will be displayed if the threshold is crossed and it gets enabled if user has set any
alarm.
17.2.3 Parameter Description
<temp_sensor_id>: indicates temperature sensor ID. Currently only RF sensor is supported.
0
RF sensor
<AlarmID>: indicates alarm ID value. The value ranges from 1 to 10.
<OnOff>:
1
When temperature is rising and it crosses trip point temperature.
0
When it goes below (trip point temperature minus hysteresis).
<Temp>: indicates current temperature value in MiliDegC.
17.2.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: M.2
Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
267
17.2.5 Example
Set the alarm ID, tripPointTemp value, hysteresis value, and sampling period:
Run:
AT+XTSM=0,1,50000,3000,2000
Response:
OK
Response:
+XTS: 0,1,1,31000
MT will unsolicitedly report when
the temperature rises to 31°C from
the temperature that is lower than
30°C.
Response:
+XTS: 0,1,0,26500
MT will unsolicitedly report when
the temperature drops to 26.5°C from
the temperature that is higher than
30°C.
17.3 AT+XTAMR-Query the Current Temperature of a
Thermal Sensor
17.3.1 Command Syntax
AT+XTAMR=<temp_sensor_id>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+XTAMR: <temp_sensor_id>,<temp><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
17.3.2 Interface Description
This command returns the current temperature value of particular thermal sensor.
17.3.3 Parameter Description
<temp_sensor_id>: indicates temperature sensor ID. Currently only RF sensor is supported.
0
RF sensor
<temp>: indicates current temperature value in MiliDegC.
17.3.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: M.2
Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
268
17.3.5 Example
Run:
AT+XTAMR=0
Response:
+XTAMR: 0,40000
OK
The current temperature of RF sensor is
40°C.
17.4 AT+XADPCLKFREQINFO-Query Adaptive Clock
Frequency Info
17.4.1 Command Syntax
AT+XADPCLKFREQINFO=<n>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT+XADPCLKFREQINFO?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+XADPCLKFREQINFO: <n><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT+XADPCLKFREQINFO=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+XADPCLKFREQINFO:
<centFreq>,<freqSpread>,<noisePower>[;<centFreq>,<freqSpread>,<noisePower>[...]]<C
R><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
17.4.2 Interface Description
This command returns the list of frequency information structures. The frequency information
includes the center frequency of the channel number, frequency spread of the channel number
and the noise power referred at antenna.
The set command enables or disables the +XADPCLKFREQINFO URC.
The read command reads the status of enabling/disabling the +XADPCLKFREQINFO URC.
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: M.2
Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
269
The test command returns the list of available frequency information. The test command can
be used only after running AT+XADPCLKFREQINFO=1.
When RF is disabled or the module deregisters from the network, the module does not need to report
frequency 0 unsolicitedly.
17.4.3 Parameter Description
<n>:
0
Disable the +XADPCLKFREQINFO URC. (default value)
1
Enable the +XADPCLKFREQINFO URC.
<centFreq>: indicates the center frequency of the channel number in Hz. This is the host
receiver channel frequency. (frequency 0 is not reported when RF is disabled)
<freqSpread>: indicates the frequency spread of the channel number in Hz. This is the host
receiver channel frequency spread. (frequency 0 is not reported when RF is disabled)
<noisePower>: indicates the noise power referred at antenna in dBm, at the reported center
frequency, and integrated over a bandwidth equal to reported frequency spread. This value
shall be zeroed if not used.
17.4.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
N
17.4.5 Example
- Read the status of enabling or disabling the +XADPCLKFREQINFO URC:
Run:
AT+XADPCLKFREQINFO?
Response:
+XADPCLKFREQINFO: 0
OK
- Enable the +XADPCLKFREQINFO URC:
Run:
AT+XADPCLKFREQINFO=1
Response:
OK
- Query the list of frequency information available: centFreq, freqSpread, and noisePower.
Run:
AT+XADPCLKFREQINFO=?
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: M.2
Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
270
Response:
+XADPCLKFREQINFO: 21476000,5000000,0
OK
17.5 +XADPCLKFREQINFO-Unsolicitedly Present of
Adaptive Clock Frequency Info
17.5.1 Command Syntax
URC
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+XADPCLKFREQINFO:
<centFreq>,<freqSpread>,<noisePower>[[;<centFreq>,<freqSpread>,<noisePower>][...]]<
CR><LF>
17.5.2 Interface Description
The URC displays the adaptive clock frequency information.
17.5.3 Parameter Description
<centFreq>: indicates the center frequency of the channel number in Hz. This is the host
receiver channel frequency. (frequency 0 is not reported when RF is disabled)
<freqSpread>: indicates the frequency spread of the channel number in Hz. This is the host
receiver channel frequency spread. (frequency 0 is not reported when RF is disabled)
<noisePower>: indicates the noise power referred at antenna in dBm, at the reported center
frequency, and integrated over a bandwidth equal to reported frequency spread. This value
shall be zeroed if not used.
17.5.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
NA
17.5.5 Example
Unsolicitedly report the frequency information: centFreq, freqSpread, and noisePower.
Response:
+XADPCLKFREQINFO: 21476000,5000000,0
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: ECM
Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
271
18 Huawei Proprietary Interface: ECM
Interfaces
18.1 AT^NDISDUP-NDIS-Based Dialing
18.1.1 Command Syntax
AT^NDISDUP=<cid>,<connect>[,<APN>[,<username>[,<passwd>[,<auth_type
>]]]]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT^NDISDUP?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^NDISDUP=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^NDISDUP: (list of supported <cid>s),(list of supported
<connect>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
18.1.2 Interface Description
This command implements NDIS-based dialing.
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: ECM
Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
272
- AT^NDISDUP=1,1 indicates that other parameters are not required.
- AT^NDISDUP=1,0 indicates that the network connection must be disabled.
This command can be used only when an NDIS port is available.
18.1.3 Parameter Description
<cid>:
1-11
Index of a PDP context.
<connect>:
0
The connection is disabled.
1
The connection is set up.
<APN>: indicates access point name in the format of character strings (0 to 99 bytes).
<username>: indicates user name in the format of character strings (0 to 255 bytes).
<passwd>: indicates password in the format of character strings (0 to 255 bytes).
<auth_type>: indicates authentication reference.
0
No authentication
1
PAP authentication
2
CHAP authentication
3
CHAP authentication and PAP authentication
18.1.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
18.1.5 Example
Run:
AT^NDISDUP=1,1,"1234"
Response:
OK
Run:
AT^NDISDUP?
Response:
OK
Run:
AT^NDISDUP=?
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: ECM
Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
273
Response:
^NDISDUP: (0-11),(0-1)
OK
When there are no <APN>, <username>, <passwd>, <auth_type> input, it will use the profile cid to
connect. Otherwise, it will use the parameter of this command to connect. For example,
AT^NDISDUP=1,1 command will use profile 1 which is defined by AT+CGDCONT to connect.
18.2 ^NDISSTAT-Unsolicitedly Report of Connection
Status
18.2.1 Command Syntax
URC
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^NDISSTAT: <stat>[,<err_code>[,<wx_state>[,<PDP_type>]]]<CR><LF>
18.2.2 Interface Description
When the device connection status changes, the MT proactively indicates this to the TE.
18.2.3 Parameter Description
<stat>: indicates connection status.
0
Disconnected
1
Connected
2
In connection (reported only when the device is automatically connected)
3
Disconnected (reported only when the device is automatically connected)
<err_code>:
0
User disconnect/unknown error/unspecified error
other error codes
Defined in accordance with section 10.5.6.6 "SM Cause" in the
3GPP TS 24.008 V5.5.0 (2002-09) and later versions.
<wx_state>: indicates sub-state of the WiMAX data card. It is applicable only to the WiMAX
data card. (not supported currently)
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: ECM
Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
274
1
DL synchronization
2
Handover DL acquisition
3
UL acquisition
4
Ranging
5
Handover ranging
6
Capabilities negotiation
7
Authorization
8
Registration
<PDP_type>: a string parameter that specifies the type of packet data protocol.
"IPV4"
IPV4 Protocol
"IPV6"
IPV6 Protocol
18.2.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
18.2.5 Example
- IPv4 changes from the connected state to the disconnected state:
Response:
^NDISSTAT: 0,0,,"IPV4"
- IPv4 changes from the disconnected state to the connected state:
Response:
^NDISSTAT: 1,,,"IPV4"
18.3 AT^NDISSTATQRY-Query the Connection Status
18.3.1 Command Syntax
AT^NDISSTATQRY?
Possible Response(s)
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: ECM
Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
275
AT^NDISSTATQRY?
<CR><LF>^NDISSTATQRY:
<stat>[,<err_code>[,<wx_state>[,<PDP_type>]]][,<stat>,<err_code>,<wx_state>,<PDP_ty
pe>]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
18.3.2 Interface Description
The TE delivers this command to query the ECM (NDIS/WWAN) connection status of the
MT.
18.3.3 Parameter Description
<stat>: indicates connection status.
0
Disconnected
1
Connected
2
In connection (reported only when the device is automatically connected)
3
Disconnected (reported only when the device is automatically connected)
<err_code>:
0
Unknown error/unspecified error
other error codes
Defined in accordance with section 10.5.6.6 "SM Cause" in the
3GPP TS 24.008 V5.5.0 (2002-09) and later versions
<wx_state>: sub-state of the WiMAX data card. It is applicable only to the WiMAX data card.
(not supported currently)
1
DL synchronization
2
Handover DL acquisition
3
UL acquisition
4
Ranging
5
Handover ranging
6
Capabilities negotiation
7
Authorization
8
Registration
<PDP_type>: a string parameter that specifies the type of packet data protocol.
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: ECM
Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
276
"IPV4"
IPV4 Protocol
"IPV6"
IPV6 Protocol
18.3.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
18.3.5 Example
Report one or two group of connection status based on the IPv6 capability of the MT.
- If the MT supports IPv4 only, the IPv4 connection is in the connected state. In this case,
only one group of connection status is reported:
Run:
AT^NDISSTATQRY?
Response:
^NDISSTATQRY: 1,,,"IPV4"
OK
- If the MT supports both IPv6 and IPv4, and IPv6 is in the disconnected state and IPv4 is
in the connected state, two groups of connection status (regardless of before or after the
dialing) are reported:
Run:
AT^NDISSTATQRY?
Response:
^NDISSTATQRY: 1,,,"IPV4",0,0,,"IPV6"
OK
18.4 AT^DHCPV6-Query DHCPV6 Information
18.4.1 Command Syntax
AT^DHCPV6?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^DHCPV6:
<clip_v6>,<netmask_v6>,<gate_v6>,<dhcp_v6>,<pDNS_v6>,<sDNS_v6>,<max_rx_data
>,<max_tx_data><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: ECM
Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
277
AT^DHCPV6=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
18.4.2 Interface Description
This command queries related IPv6 DHCPv6 value, including the host IPv6 address, default
gateway, subnet mask, and DHCPv6 servers.
After IPv6 dial-up connection is established, the command issued by the PC obtains the
appropriate IPv6 address. If you do not dial or dial-up fails, checking DHCPv6 will return
ERROR.
18.4.3 Parameter Description
The following IPv6 address format uses RFC5952 specification formats, such as 2001: db8::1.
When the address does not exist, all zeros to fill the field.
<clip_v6>: indicates host IPv6 addresses.
<netmask_v6>: indicates IPv6 subnet mask.
<gate_v6>: indicates IPv6 address of the default gateway.
<dhcp_v6>: indicates DHCPv6 server's IPv6 address.
<pDNS_v6>: indicates IPv6 addresses of IPv6 DNS first.
<sDNS_v6>: indicates IPv6 addresses of IPv6 DNS next.
<max_rx_data>: indicates the maximum receive rate (bps), the value is the same in IPv4v6
dual stack dialing.
<max_tx_data>: indicates the maximum transmission rate (bps), the value is the same in
IPv4v6 dual stack dialing.
18.4.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
18.4.5 Example
Run:
AT^DHCPV6?
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: ECM
Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
278
Response:
^DHCPV6: ::,::,::,::,fe80::e1ec:e44a:a28f:aeb1,::,7200000,
384000
OK
Run:
AT^DHCPV6=?
Response:
OK
18.5 AT^AUTHDATA-Set Username Password
18.5.1 Command Syntax
AT^AUTHDATA=<cid>[,<Auth_type>[,<PLMN>[,<passwd>[,<username>]]]]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^AUTHDATA?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^AUTHDATA:
<cid>,<auth_type>,<passwd>,<username>,<PLMN>[<CR><LF>^AUTHDATA:
<cid>,<auth_type>,<passwd>,<username>,<PLMN>[...]]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR>
<LF>
AT^AUTHDATA=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^AUTHDATA: (list of supported <cid>s),(list of supported
<auth_type>),,,<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^AUTHDATA
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: ECM
Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
279
18.5.2 Interface Description
Locally save a group of usernames and passwords, etc. indexed by <cid>, and each one
contains a set of saved settings environmental parameters associated with the handshake
agreement.
The set command stores a set of parameters of the handshake protocol to a group of data
storages indexed by <cid>. Each data storage is initially undefined, after a set of parameters
stored into by the set command, the data storage then becomes a defined state. And the
number of defined data storages can be saved is determined by the value range of <cid>.
A special set command AT^AUTHDATA=<cid>, will clear stored parameters indexed by
<cid>. Then this data storage returns to an undefined state.
The read command queries all defined parameter values, and each group of handshake
agreement data displays in a line.
The test command returns all supported values.
18.5.3 Parameter Description
<cid>:
0-11
Index of a PDP context.
<auth_type>: a string value that indicates handshake protocol, and represents the type of
packet switching protocol.
0
No authentication
1
PAP
2
CHAP
3
Authentication fallback, the first to use CHAP, if you do not support CHAP, fall
back to PAP; if you do not support the PAP, fall back No authentication. (not
supported currently)
<PLMN>: a string type value indicates provider ID (operator PLMN).
<passwd>: a string type value that indicates the password value. The value ranges from 0 to
127.
<username>: a string type value that indicates the user name. The value ranges from 0 to 127.
18.5.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
Y
N
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: ECM
Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
280
18.5.5 Example
Run:
AT^AUTHDATA=?
Response:
^AUTHDATA: (0-11),(0-2),,,
OK
Run:
AT^AUTHDATA=2,0,"46009","",""
Response:
OK
Run:
AT^AUTHDATA?
Response:
^AUTHDATA: 1,3,"","",""
OK
Run:
AT^AUTHDATA
Response:
OK
18.6 AT^DHCP-Query DHCP/IP
18.6.1 Command Syntax
AT^DHCP?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^DHCP:
<clip>,<netmask>,<gate>,<dhcp>,<pDNS>,<sDNS>,<max_rx_data>,<max_tx_data><CR
><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT^DHCP=?
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
18.6.2 Interface Description
The command queries PC DHCP IP related values, including the host IP address, default
gateway, subnet mask, and DHCP server.
After dial-up connection is established, the command issued by the PC obtains the
corresponding IP address.
This command does not currently support IPv6 address lookup, follow-up will extend the
command.
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: ECM
Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
281
The command querying the IP address must be run 5s later after dialing command is issued. If
not, you should run the command each second again. If the total time is over 15s, it can be
considered that the query fails.
18.6.3 Parameter Description
IP addresses as described below in hexadecimal code are counted from the back to the front.
Eg: 192.168.50.32 is expressed as 0x2032A8C0, in which 32 is represented as 0x20, 50 is
represented as 0x32, 168 is represented as 0xA8, and 192 is represented as 0xC0.
<clip>: indicates Host IP Address: The value ranges from 0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF.
<netmask>: indicates Subnet Mask: The value ranges from 0x000000FF to 0xFCFFFFFF.
<gate>: indicates default Gateway: The value ranges from 0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF.
<dhcp>: indicates DHCP server address. The value ranges from 0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF.
<pDNS>: indicates DNS first address. The value ranges from 0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF.
<sDNS>: indicates DNS next address. The value ranges from 0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF.
<max_rx_data>: indicates the maximum receive rate (bps).
<max_tx_data>: indicates the maximum transmission rate (bps).
18.6.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
18.6.5 Example
Run:
AT^DHCP=?
Response:
OK
18.7 AT^IPV6CAP-Query IPv6 Capability
18.7.1 Command Syntax
AT^IPV6CAP?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^IPV6CAP: <cfg_value><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^IPV6CAP=?
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: ECM
Interfaces
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
282
AT^IPV6CAP=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^IPV6CAP: (list of supported
<cfg_value>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
18.7.2 Interface Description
The command queries the current IPv6 capabilities of MT.
18.7.3 Parameter Description
<cfg_value>: an integer type value that indicates IPv6 capability to configure.
1
IPv4 only
2
IPv6 only
7
IPv4 only, IPv6 only and IPv4v6
18.7.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
N
18.7.5 Example
Run:
AT^IPV6CAP?
Response:
^IPV6CAP: 7
OK
Run:
AT^IPV6CAP=?
Response:
^IPV6CAP: (1,2,7)
OK
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Temperature Protection
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
283
19 Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Temperature Protection
19.1 AT^CHIPTEMP-Query the Temperature of the
PA/SIM/Battery/Crystal Oscillator Command
19.1.1 Command Syntax
AT^CHIPTEMP?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^CHIPTEMP: <G PAtemp>,<W PAtemp>,<L
PAtemp>,<SIMtemp>,<BATTERYtemp>,<CRYSTALtemp><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<
CR><LF>
AT^CHIPTEMP=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^CHIPTEMP: <G PAtemp Range>,<W PAtemp Range>,<L PAtemp
Range>,<SIMtemp Range>,<BATTERYtemp Range>,<CRYSTALtemp
Range><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
19.1.2 Interface Description
This command queries temperature on hardware spots, such as GSM PA, WCDMA PA, LTE
PA, SIM card slot, battery and crystal oscillator.
19.1.3 Parameter Description
<G PAtemp>: an integer type value indicates the GSM PA chip's current temperature.
65535
(not supported currently)
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Temperature Protection
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
284
<W PAtemp>: an integer indicates the WCDMA PA chip's current temperature.
65535
(not supported currently)
<L PAtemp>: an integer type value indicates the LTE PA chip's current temperature.
65535
(not supported currently)
<SIMtemp>: an integer type value indicates the current temperature of the SIM card.
65535
(not supported currently)
<BATTERYtemp>: an integer type value indicates the current temperature of the battery.
65535
(not supported currently)
<CRYSTALtemp>: an integer type value indicates the crystal's current temperature..
(-400-1100)
The crystal's current temperature in the unit of 0.1°C.
<G PAtemp Range>: an integer type value indicates the temperature range of the GSM PA
chip in the unit of 0.1°C.
(65535-65535)
(not supported currently)
<W PAtemp Range>: an integer type value indicates the temperature range of the WCDMA
PA chip in the unit of 0.1°C.
(65535-65535)
(not supported currently)
<L PAtemp Range>: an integer type value indicates the temperature range of the LTE PA chip
in the unit of 0.1°C.
(65535-65535)
(not supported currently)
<SIMtemp Range>: an integer type value indicates the temperature range of the SIM card slot
in the unit of 0.1°C.
(65535-65535)
(not supported currently)
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Temperature Protection
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
285
<BATTERYtemp Range>: an integer type value indicates the temperature range of the battery
in the unit of 0.1°C.
(65535-65535)
(not supported currently)
<CRYSTALtemp Range>: an integer type value indicates the temperature range of the crystal
oscillator in the unit of 0.1°C.
(-400-1100)
The crystal oscillator temperature range.
- If the query of a component's temperature fails, 65535 is returned.
- The temperature unit is 0.1°C. For example, if the returned value range is (-200,1000), the
temperature ranges from -20°C to 100°C.
- When actual temperature of the spots exceeds its range, the read command will not return the
accurate temperature value. In this case, the queried temperature is not correct and physical
protection must be adapted to avoid device damaged.
19.1.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
19.1.5 Example
Run:
AT^CHIPTEMP?
Response:
^CHIPTEMP:
65535,65535,65535,65535,65535,300
OK
Indicate the
current temperature
on hardware spots.
Run:
AT^CHIPTEMP=?
Response:
^CHIPTEMP:
(65535-65535),(65535-65535),(65535-65
535),(65535-65535),(65535-65535),(-40
0-1100)
OK
Indicate the
temperature ranges
on hardware spots.
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Temperature Protection
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
286
19.2 AT^THERMFUN-Enable or Disable the Temperature
Protection Function Command
19.2.1 Command Syntax
AT^THERMFUN=<switch>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^THERMFUN?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^THERMFUN: <switch><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^THERMFUN=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^THERMFUN: (list of supported
<switch>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
19.2.2 Interface Description
This command enables or disables the temperature protection function.
- If the temperature protection function is enabled, the module performs the protection
operation to disable the PA or shut down the system when the temperature reaches the
threshold.
- If the temperature protection function is disabled, the module does not perform the
protection operation to disable the PA or shut down the system when the temperature
reaches the threshold.
- If the module is being in the state that the temperature protection function has been
enabled, at this point, to disable the temperature protection function, the module
performs the operation to enable the PA.
- The protection operation (to disable the PA or shut down the system) varies with the
module's features.
19.2.3 Parameter Description
<switch>: an integer type value that indicates the switch for enabling or disabling the
temperature protection function.
0
Disable the temperature protection function.
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Temperature Protection
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
287
1
Enable the temperature protection function. (default value)
A parameter value takes effect immediately after setting.
19.2.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
N
19.2.5 Example
Run:
AT^THERMFUN=?
Response:
^THERMFUN: (0-1)
OK
Run:
AT^THERMFUN?
Response:
^THERMFUN: 1
OK
Run:
AT^THERMFUN=1
Response:
OK
19.3 ^THERM-Thermal Protection Activated Unsolicited
Report
19.3.1 Command Syntax
URC
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^THERM: <ACTION><CR><LF>
19.3.2 Interface Description
This command sends an unsolicited report to the host when thermal protection active/inactive
according temperature.
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Temperature Protection
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
288
19.3.3 Parameter Description
<ACTION>: indicates whether thermal protection takes effect.
0
The thermal protection is inactive.
1
The thermal protection is active.
2
The module changes from the normal state to the alarm state.
3
The module changes from the alarm state to the normal state.
19.3.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
NA
19.3.5 Example
- The thermal protection is inactive:
Response:
^THERM: 0
- The thermal protection is active:
Response:
^THERM: 1
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Power
Config
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
289
20 Huawei Proprietary Interface: Power
Config
20.1 AT^PWRCFG-Configure the Maximum Tx Power
20.1.1 Command Syntax
AT^PWRCFG=<mode>,<pdm>[,<band>[,<pdm>,<band>][...]]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^PWRCFG?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^PWRCFG: list of (<CR><LF><mode>:
(<pdm>,<band>)s<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^PWRCFG=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^PWRCFG: list of supported (<CR><LF><mode>,list of supported <pdm>,list
of supported <band>)s<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
20.1.2 Interface Description
This command sets and queries the maximum Tx power of each band.
The set command sets the maximum Tx power for each band. These setting values are saved
upon power-off and take effect after reset. Whether they are backed up and recovered during
the upgrade or not depends on customer requirements. The default is not backed up and
recovered.
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Power
Config
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
290
The read command queries the current maximum Tx power of each band.
The test command returns the supported parameter values.
There will be Tx power backoff in GPRS and EDGE for each band time-slot.
20.1.3 Parameter Description
<mode>: an integer type value that indicates the network mode.
0
GSM
1
WCDMA
2
CDMA (not supported currently)
3
LTE
4
TD-SCDMA (not supported currently)
<pdm>: indicates the maximum Tx power. The unit is 0.1 dBm, and the range is from x to y. x
means the minimum value among all bands' maximum Tx power defined by the product
specifications, and y means the maximum value. In fact, the range of maximum Tx power
may be different between different platforms and bands. If <pdm> is not specified, the default
value returned is the maximum Tx power defined by the product specifications.
<band>: indicates band bit field, 64-bit digit with hexadecimal. A binary bit indicates a
frequency band. The value of binary bit is shown in the following tables (or parameter
superimposed values except FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF), which is related to the <mode> value.
Table 20-1 <mode>=0 (GSM)
Parameters
Band
0000000000000001
GPRS 850
0000000000000002
GPRS 900
0000000000000004
GPRS 1800
0000000000000008
GPRS 1900
0000000000010000
EDGE 850
0000000000020000
EDGE 900
0000000000040000
EDGE 1800
0000000000080000
EDGE 1900
FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
All supported bands
Table 20-2 <mode>=1 (WCDMA)
Parameters
Band
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Power
Config
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
291
Parameters
Band
0000000000000001
WCDMA_I_IMT_2000
0000000000000002
WCDMA_II_PCS_1900
0000000000000004
WCDMA_III_1700
0000000000000008
WCDMA_IV_1700
0000000000000010
WCDMA_V_850
0000000000000020
WCDMA_VI_800
0000000000000040
WCDMA_VII_2600
0000000000000080
WCDMA_VIII_900
0000000000000100
WCDMA_IX_1700
FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
All supported bands
Table 20-3 <mode>=2 (CDMA)
Parameters
Band
0000000000000001
BC0 A
0000000000000002
BC0 B
0000000000000004
BC1
0000000000000008
BC2
0000000000000010
BC3
0000000000000020
BC4
0000000000000040
BC5
0000000000000080
BC6
0000000000000100
BC7
0000000000000200
BC8
0000000000000400
BC9
0000000000000800
BC10
0000000000001000
BC11
0000000000002000
BC12
0000000000004000
BC13
0000000000008000
BC14
0000000000010000
BC15
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Power
Config
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
292
Parameters
Band
0000000000020000
BC16
0000000000040000
BC17
0000000000080000
BC18
0000000000100000
BC19
FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
All supported bands
Table 20-4 <mode>=3 (LTE)
Parameters
Band
0000000000000001
Band 1
0000000000000002
Band 2
0000000000000004
Band 3
0000000000000008
Band 4
0000000000000010
Band 5
0000000000000020
Band 6
0000000000000040
Band 7
0000000000000080
Band 8
0000000000000100
Band 9
0000000000000200
Band 10
0000000000000400
Band 11
0000000000000800
Band 12
0000000000001000
Band 13
0000000000002000
Band 14
0000000000004000
Band 15
0000000000008000
Band 16
0000000000010000
Band 17
0000000000020000
Band 18
0000000000040000
Band 19
0000000000080000
Band 20
0000000000100000
Band 21
0000000000200000
Band 22
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Power
Config
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
293
Parameters
Band
0000000000400000
Band 23
0000000000800000
Band 24
0000000001000000
Band 25
0000000002000000
Band 26
0000000004000000
Band 27
0000000008000000
Band 28
0000000010000000
Band 29
0000000020000000
Band 30
0000000040000000
Band 31
0000000080000000
Band 32
0000000100000000
Band 33
0000000200000000
Band 34
0000000400000000
Band 35
0000000800000000
Band 36
0000001000000000
Band 37
0000002000000000
Band 38
0000004000000000
Band 39
0000008000000000
Band 40
0000010000000000
Band 41
0000020000000000
Band 42
0000040000000000
Band 43
0000080000000000
Band 44
0000100000000000
Band 45
0000200000000000
Band 46
0000400000000000
Band 47
0000800000000000
Band 48
0001000000000000
Band 49
0002000000000000
Band 50
0004000000000000
Band 51
0008000000000000
Band 52
0010000000000000
Band 53
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Power
Config
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
294
Parameters
Band
0020000000000000
Band 54
0040000000000000
Band 55
0080000000000000
Band 56
0100000000000000
Band 57
0200000000000000
Band 58
0400000000000000
Band 59
0800000000000000
Band 60
1000000000000000
Band 61
2000000000000000
Band 62
4000000000000000
Band 63
8000000000000000
Band 64
FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
All supported bands
Table 20-5 <mode>=4 (TD-SCDMA)
Parameters
Band
0000000000000001
Band A
0000000000000002
Band B
0000000000000004
Band C
0000000000000008
Band D
0000000000000010
Band E
0000000000000020
Band F
[,<band>[,<pdm>,<band>]...]: indicates that select all supported bands when these parameters
are not specified. The parameter can set several groups of power at one time. One <pdm> is
set according to <band> in the same group. The number of groups which can be supported is
different between different platforms.
20.1.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
Y
N
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Power
Config
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
295
20.1.5 Example
- Set the maximum Tx power of all GSM bands to be 33 dBm:
Run:
AT^PWRCFG=0,330
Response:
OK
- Set the maximum Tx power of WCDMA Band I, Band II to be 24 dBm, WCDMA Band
V and Band VIII to be 25.5 dBm:
Run:
AT^PWRCFG=1,240,0000000000000003,255,0000000000000090
Response:
OK
- Query the current maximum Tx power of each band:
Run:
AT^PWRCFG?
Response:
^PWRCFG:
0: 330,FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
1:
240,0000000000000003,255,0
000000000000090
3: 230,FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
OK
Indicates that the maximum Tx
power of all GSM bands is 33 dBm;
WCDMA Band I and Band II are 24
dBm; WCDMA Band V and Band VIII
are 25.5 dBm; All LTE bands are
23 dBm.
- Query the supported parameter values:
Run:
AT^PWRCFG=?
Response:
^PWRCFG:
0,(260-340),00000000000F
000F
1,(235-260),000000000000
009B
3,(230-250),000000000808
00D7
OK
Indicates that the product
supports GSM LTE and WCDMA
network. The range of GSM Tx
power is from 26 dBm to 34 dBm.
The range of WCDMA Tx power is
from 23.5 dBm to 26 dBm. The range
of LTE Tx power is form 23 dBm to
25 dBm. The supported GSM bands
are GPRS 850, GPRS 900, GPRS1800,
GPRS1900, EDGE850, EDGE900,
EDGE1800 and EDGE1900. The
supported WCDMA bands are Band I,
Band II, Band V and Band VIII. The
supported LTE bands are Band 1,
Band 2, Band 3, Band 5, Band 7,
Band 8, Band 20 and Band 28.
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Power
Config
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
296
20.2 AT^PWRCFGON-Enable the Maximum Tx Power
Configuration
20.2.1 Command Syntax
AT^PWRCFGON=<op>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^PWRCFGON?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^PWRCFGON: <status><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^PWRCFGON=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^PWRCFGON: (list of supported
<op>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
20.2.2 Interface Description
This interface enables the function of manually configuring the maximum Tx power. The
setting value is saved upon power-off, but not backed up and recovered during the upgrade.
The read command queries the current status of the maximum Tx power configuration
function.
The test command returns the supported parameter values.
20.2.3 Parameter Description
<op>:
0
Disable the function of manually configuring the maximum Tx power.
1
Enable the function of manually configuring the maximum Tx power.
<status>:
0
The function that manually configures the maximum Tx power is disabled.
1
The function that manually configures the maximum Tx power is enabled.
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Power
Config
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
297
20.2.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
Y
N
20.2.5 Example
Enable the maximum Tx power configuration function:
Run:
AT^PWRCFGON=1
Response:
OK
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Customer Production Line Tests
Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
298
21 Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Customer Production Line Tests Interface
21.1 AT^TMODE-Set the Operating Mode
21.1.1 Command Syntax
AT^TMODE=<test_mode>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^TMODE?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^TMODE:<status><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^TMODE=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^TMODE:<test_mode><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
21.1.2 Interface Description
This command specifies or reads the test mode of an MT.
21.1.3 Parameter Description
<test_mode>: test mode.
0
Signaling mode. A module can change from mode 0 to mode 1.
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Customer Production Line Tests
Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
299
1
Non-signaling mode, performing RF-related non-signaling control.
(In non-signaling mode, RF circuits on the module are disabled by default.)
3
Restart mode, instructing the module to perform a soft reset.
<status>: module switching status.
0
Switching is in progress.
1
Switching is complete.
After this command sets the module to the non-signaling mode, the module must be changed back to the
signaling mode after the non-signaling test is complete. Otherwise, the module may fail to register.
21.1.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
N
21.1.5 Example
None
21.2 AT^FCHAN-Set Non-signaling Channels
21.2.1 Command Syntax
AT^FCHAN=<mode>,<band_switch>,<channel>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^FCHAN?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^FCHAN:<mode>,<band_switch>,<ul channel>,<dl
channel><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Customer Production Line Tests
Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
300
21.2.2 Interface Description
This command sets the uplink/downlink channel for a specific frequency band in debugging
state. After the setting, the module automatically sets the uplink/downlink channel accordingly.
This command is used in non-signaling mode (AT^TMODE=1) and returns the error in other
modes. This command takes effect once only. The settings by the command will not be
reserved upon a soft or hard reset, that is, will not be saved upon a power-off.
21.2.3 Parameter Description
<mode>:
0
WCDMA
3
GSM
6
FDD LTE
<band_switch>: frequency band.
Table 21-1 Mapping between operating bands and <band_switch> values
Operating Band
<band_switch>
GSM
EGSM900
6
DCS1800
2
GSM850
7
PCS1900
1
GSM450
9
GSM750
17
WCDMA
I
0
II
1
III
2
IV
15
V
7
VI
8
VII
10
VIII
6
IX
3
X
14
XI
5
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Customer Production Line Tests
Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
301
Operating Band
<band_switch>
XII
4
XIII
9
XIV
11
XV
12
XVI
13
XVII
16
XVIII
17
XIX
18
XX
19
XXI
20
XXII
21
XXIII
22
XXIV
23
XXV
24
LTE
1
0
2
1
3
2
4
3
5
7
6
21
7
10
8
6
9
13
10
14
11
5
12
16
13
17
14
19
15
Reserved
16
Reserved
17
18
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Customer Production Line Tests
Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
302
Operating Band
<band_switch>
18
8
19
22
20
20
21
23
24
4
25
31
26
Reserved
27
Reserved
28
Reserved
29
Reserved
30
Reserved
31
Reserved
32
Reserved
33
25
34
24
35
12
36
9
37
26
38
15
39
27
40
11
41
28
42
29
43
30
<channel>: specific channel number (any channel number in the uplink/downlink, ranging
from 0 to 65535).
<ul channel>: uplink channel (if the uplink reporting is required as the downlink reporting is).
<dl channel>: uplink channel (if the downlink reporting is required as the uplink reporting is).
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Customer Production Line Tests
Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
303
21.2.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
N
21.2.5 Example
None
21.3 AT^TSELRF-Select RF Channel
21.3.1 Command Syntax
AT^TSELRF=<path>[,<group>]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^TSELRF?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^TSELRF:<number><CR><LF><CR><LF>^TSELRF:<path>[,<support_grou
p>[...]]<CR><LF>[<CR><LF>^TSELRF:<path>[,<support_group>[...]]<CR><LF>[...]]<
CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
21.3.2 Interface Description
This command sets the RF channel for a module. It takes effect once only. The settings by the
command will not be reserved upon a soft or hard reset, that is, will not be saved upon a
power-off. This command is used in non-signaling mode (AT^TMODE=1).
21.3.3 Parameter Description
<path>: specific RF channel number, ranging from 0 to 255.
0
All channels
1
GSM channel (including EDGE/GPRS/EGSM channel collections)
2
WCDMA main channel
3
WCDMA diversity receive channels (In diversity mode, the transmit channel is
the main channel and the receive channel is the diversity receive channel. The
same below.)
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Customer Production Line Tests
Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
304
9
FDD-LTE main channel
10
FDD-LTE diversity channel
11
FDD-LTE MIMO
<number>: total number of channels supported by the product.
21.3.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
N
21.3.5 Example
Run:
AT^TSELRF?
Response:
^TSELRF:7
^TSELRF:0
^TSELRF:1
^TSELRF:2
^TSELRF:3
^TSELRF:9
^TSELRF:10
^TSELRF:11
OK
Run:
AT^TSELRF=1
Response:
OK
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Customer Production Line Tests
Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
305
21.4 AT^FRXON-Enable a Receiver in Non-signaling
Mode
21.4.1 Command Syntax
AT^FRXON=<switch>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^FRXON?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^FRXON:<switch><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
21.4.2 Interface Description
This command enables or disables a receiver in debugging state. If the product does not
support the command, OK is returned. This command is used in non-signaling mode
(AT^TMODE=1) and returns the error in other modes. This command needs to be executed
after the non-signaling channel is set (AT^FCHAN). This command takes effect once only.
The settings by the command will not be reserved upon a soft or hard reset, that is, will not be
saved upon a power-off.
21.4.3 Parameter Description
<switch>: enabled/disabled status of a receiver.
0
Disable the receiver.
1
Enable the receiver.
21.4.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
N
21.4.5 Example
None
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Customer Production Line Tests
Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
306
21.5 AT^FLNA-Set the LNA Level of a Receiver
21.5.1 Command Syntax
AT^FLNA=<level>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^FLNA?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^FLNA:<level><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^FLNA=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^FLNA:<total level>[,<support
level>,...]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
21.5.2 Interface Description
This command sets the LNA level for a receiver at a frequency band in debugging state. If the
product does not support the command, OK is returned. This command is used in
non-signaling mode (AT^TMODE=1) and returns the error in other modes. This command
needs to be executed after the non-signaling channel is set (AT^FCHAN). It is used for testing
receivers in system tests. This command takes effect once only. The settings by the command
will not be reserved upon a soft or hard reset, that is, will not be saved upon a power-off.
21.5.3 Parameter Description
<level>: LNA level, a one-byte string, ranging from 0 to 255. 0 indicates the highest gain
level.
<total level>: total number of receiver gain levels.
<support level>: gain levels supported (all supported gain levels are displayed, with commas
separated in an ascending order of numerals).
21.5.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
N
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Customer Production Line Tests
Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
307
21.5.5 Example
None
21.6 AT^FRSSI-Obtain the Current Channel RSSI
21.6.1 Command Syntax
AT^FRSSI?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^FRSSI:<rvalue><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
21.6.2 Interface Description
This command reads the RSSI value in debugging mode, with no need for an SIM/USIM card.
It must be executed after the command AT^FCHAN is run. If the product does not support the
command, OK is returned. This command is used in non-signaling mode (AT^TMODE=1)
and returns the error in other modes. This command needs to be executed after the
non-signaling channel is set (AT^FCHAN) and the command AT^FRXON is set. This
command takes effect once only. The settings by the command will not be reserved upon a
soft or hard reset, that is, will not be saved upon a power-off.
21.6.3 Parameter Description
<rvalue>: read RSSI value, represented by a positive value (receiver signals are all low-power
signals, although positive RSSI values have no application scenarios for actual network
signals), accurate to 0.1 dBm customized value. If the current RSSI is –85.1 dBm, the value
range is 851.
21.6.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
N
21.6.5 Example
None
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Customer Production Line Tests
Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
308
21.7 AT^FWAVE-Set the Waveform in Non-signaling
Mode
21.7.1 Command Syntax
AT^FWAVE=<type>,<amplitue_dbm_percent>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
21.7.2 Interface Description
It generates signals with the specified waveform in non-signaling mode. If the product does
not support the command, an error is returned. AT^FCHAN is run to set the frequency point.
This command takes effect once only. The settings by the command will not be reserved upon
a soft or hard reset, that is, will not be saved upon a power-off.
21.7.3 Parameter Description
<type>: type of the radiated waveform.
0
Continuous wave (monophonic)
1
WCDMA modulation signal
2
GSM modulation signal
3
EDGE modulation signal
5
LTE modulation signal
<amplitude_dbm_percent>: power of the radiated waveform, in a unit of 0.01. For 10 dBm
transmit power, the parameter value is 1000.
21.7.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
N
21.7.5 Example
None
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Customer Production Line Tests
Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
309
21.8 AT^FTXON-Enable the Transmitter in Non-signaling
Mode
21.8.1 Command Syntax
AT^FTXON=<switch>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^FTXON?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^FTXON:<switch><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
21.8.2 Interface Description
This command enables/disables a transmitter in non-signaling mode. If the product does not
support the command, OK is returned. This command is used in non-signaling mode
(AT^TMODE=1) and returns the error in other modes. This command needs to be executed
after the non-signaling channel is set (AT^FCHAN). This command takes effect once only.
The settings by the command will not be reserved upon a soft or hard reset, that is, will not be
saved upon a power-off.
21.8.3 Parameter Description
<switch>: enabled/disabled status of a transmitter.
0
Disable the transmitter
1
Enable the transmitter
21.8.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
N
21.8.5 Example
None
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Customer Production Line Tests
Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
310
21.9 AT^GNSSCNO-Request GPS CN0
21.9.1 Command Syntax
AT^GNSSCNO
Possible Response(s)
[<CR><LF>^GNSSCNO: <svs>,<cno>[<CR><LF>^GNSSCNO:
<svs>,<cno>[...]]<CR><LF>]<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
21.9.2 Interface Description
This command is used to query satellites' CNR (Carrier-to-Noise Ratio) and their
corresponding numbers during the GPS positioning.
21.9.3 Parameter Description
<svs>: satellite numbers, which identify the positioning systems.
0–32
GPS
33–64
SBAS
64–96
Glonass
<cno>: GPS CNR; the valid value is a positive number and the unit is 1 db.
21.9.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
N
21.9.5 Example
- If no satellites are searched:
Run:
AT^GNSSCNO
Response:
OK
- If satellites are searched:
Run:
AT^GNSSCNO
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Customer Production Line Tests
Interface
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
311
Response:
^GNSSCNO: 20,25
^GNSSCNO: 24,27
OK
AT Command Interface Specification
Appendix
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
312
22 Appendix
22.1 List of URC Commands
URC commands listed in the following table are provided only for your reference. Some URC
commands may be not supported by the module.
URC
Function
+CBM
New CBM directly deliver indication
+CBMI
New CBM indication
+CCWA
Call waiting notifications
+CDS
SMS status report indication directly displayed
+CDSI
New SMS status report indication
+CEREG
Notify the current LTE registration status
+CGREG
Notify PS Domain Registration Status
+CLIP
CLIP notifications
+CMT
New message directly deliver indication
+CMTI
New SMS-DELIVER indication
+CREG
Notify the current registration status
+CRING
Indicate incoming call
+CSSI
Supplementary service notifications
+CSSU
Supplementary service notifications
+CTZV
Notify the time zone is changed
+CUSATEND
Unsolicitedly report of terminating a UICC proactive command
session
+CUSATP
Unsolicitedly report a UICC proactive command
+CUSD
Unsolicitedly report USSD of network
AT Command Interface Specification
Appendix
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
313
URC
Function
+XADPCLKFREQIN
FO
Unsolicitedly Present of Adaptive Clock Frequency Info
+XTS
Unsolicitedly Present of the Threshold Reached
RING
Call Indication
^ACTIVEBAND
(Only for the HUAWEI specified client)
^ANLEVEL
(Only for the HUAWEI specified client)
^AUDEND
Unsolicitedly Report the End of Audio Playback
^BOOT
(Only for the HUAWEI specified client)
^CEND
Call end indication
^CONF
Ringback tone indication
^CONN
Call connection indication
^CPBREADY
Unsolicitedly Report CPB Ready
^CRSSI
RSSI or System Mode Change Indication (be replaced by the
URC "^HCSQ")
^CSNR
(Only for the HUAWEI specified client)
^DATASETRULT
Notify XTRA data injection
^DATAVALIDITY
(Only for the HUAWEI specified client)
^DDTMF
Report DTMF Reserved Event
^DSDORMANT
Dormant State Indication
^DSFLOWRPT
(Only for the HUAWEI specified client)
^EARST
(Only for the HUAWEI specified client)
^ECCLIST
(Only for the HUAWEI specified client)
^ECLREC
Unsolicitedly Report AL_ACK and Timestamp Information
^ECLREDIAL
Unsolicitedly Report eCall Redialing
^ECLSTAT
Unsolicitedly Present eCall Session Status(Only for the
HUAWEI specified client)
^EFSSTATE
Unsolicitedly Report EFS Backup or Resume
^ERRRPT
Specified error code indication (Only for the HUAWEI specified
client)
^FOTASMS
Notify Users to Decide on FOTA Upgrade
^FOTASTATE
Report the FOTA Status
^FWLSTATE
Report the Upgrade Status
AT Command Interface Specification
Appendix
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
314
URC
Function
^HCDS
Report a New Status Report Short Message
^HCMGS
Unsolicitedly Present of Successfully Sending a Short Message
(PDU mode)
^HCMGSF
Report Short Message Sending Failure
^HCMGSS
Report Successful Short Message Sending (Text Mode)
^HCMT
Report a New Short Message
^HCSQ
Report system mode and Signal Strength
^HDRRSSI
RSSI or System Mode Change Indication (be replaced by the
URC "^HCSQ")
^HRSSILVL
RSSI or System Mode Change Indication (be replaced by the
URC "^HCSQ")
^HWNAT
Indicate Network Mode Change
^IPDATA
Notificate Arrival Data
^IPRCVST
Unsolicitedly Report Data Arrival in Data Receive Buffer
^IPSRVST
Unsolicitedly Report the Socket Service State
^IPSTATE
Indicate TCP/UDP data link state
^JDET
Jammer Report
^LOCCHD
Unsolicited Report of Connection Status (Only for the HUAWEI
specified client)
^MODE
RSSI or System Mode Change Indication (be replaced by the
URC "^HCSQ")
^NDISEND
(Only for the HUAWEI specified client)
^NDISSTAT
Unsolicited Report of Connection Status
^NISMSFWD
Unsolicitedly Report Short Messages with Specified Destination
Port Numbers
^NWNAME
Unsolicitedly Report NITZ Operator Name
^NWTIME
Unsolicitedly report network system time
^ORIG
Indicate the origination of a call
^OTACMSG
(Only for the HUAWEI specified client)
^PDPSTATUS
Unsolicitedly Report Deactivation Reason
^POSEND
Report positioning end information
^POSITION
Notify positioning result
^RFSWITCH
Report the RFSWITCH State
AT Command Interface Specification
Appendix
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
315
URC
Function
^RSSI
RSSI or System Mode Change Indication (be replaced by the
URC "^HCSQ")
^RSSILVL
RSSI or System Mode Change Indication (be replaced by the
URC "^HCSQ")
^SIMFILEREFRESH
(Only for the HUAWEI specified client)
^SIMRESET
Unsolicitedly Report SIM Reset Event
^SIMST
SIM Card State Change Indication
^SMMEMFULL
Message memory full
^SRVST
Service State Change Indication
^SSLRX
Notify SSL Arrival Data
^STIN
(Only for the HUAWEI specified client)
^SUPLCONN
Report a Successful Connection to the SUPL Server
^SYSSTART
Unsolicitedly report module startup
^THERM
Thermal Protection Activated Unsolicited Report
^THERMEX
Unsolicitedly Report Thermal Protection State Change
^TIMESETRULT
Notify XTRA time injection
^WAKEUPIN
WAKEUP_IN PIN Input Change Indication
^WNINV
Notify NI positioning
^WPDCP
(Only for the HUAWEI specified client)
^WPDDL
(Only for the HUAWEI specified client)
^WPDOP
(Only for the HUAWEI specified client)
^XDSTATUS
Notify XTRA data status
22.2 General CME Error List
The following describes the mapping between numeric mode and verbose mode.
Table 22-1 General CME ERROR Codes
Numeric mode
Verbose mode
0
phone failure
1
no connection to phone
2
phone adaptor link reserved
AT Command Interface Specification
Appendix
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
316
Numeric mode
Verbose mode
3
operation not allowed
4
operation not supported
5
PH-SIM PIN required
6
PH-FSIM PIN required
7
PH-FSIM PUK required
10
SIM not inserted (not supported currently. If no SIM is inserted, return
SIM failure)
11
SIM PIN required
12
SIM PUK required
13
SIM failure
14
SIM busy
15
SIM wrong
16
incorrect password
17
SIM PIN2 required
18
SIM PUK2 required
20
memory full
21
invalid index
22
not found
23
memory failure
24
text string too long
25
invalid characters in text string
26
dial string too long
27
invalid characters in dial string
30
no network service
31
network timeout
32
network not allowed - emergency calls only
40
network personalization PIN required
41
network personalization PUK required
42
network subset personalization PIN required
43
network subset personalization PUK required
44
service provider personalization PIN required
AT Command Interface Specification
Appendix
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
317
Numeric mode
Verbose mode
45
service provider personalization PUK required
46
corporate personalization PIN required
47
corporate personalization PUK required
48
hidden key required
49
EAP method not supported
50
Incorrect parameters
51
Parameter length error for all Auth commands
52
Temporary error for all auth cmds
100
unknown
103
Illegal Mem_Store
106
Illegal ME
107
GPRS services not allowed
111
PLMN not allowed
112
Location area not allowed
113
Roaming not allowed in this location area
132
service option not supported
133
requested service option not subscribed
134
service option temporarily out of order (#34)
148
unspecified GPRS error
149
PDP authentication failure
150
invalid mobile class
257
network rejected request
258
retry operation
259
invalid deflected to number
260
deflected to own number
261
unknown subscriber
262
service not available
263
unknown class
264
unknown network message
273
Minimum TFT per PDP address error
274
Duplicate TFT eval prec index
AT Command Interface Specification
Appendix
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
318
Numeric mode
Verbose mode
275
Invalid TFT param combination
323
Parameters error
Table 22-2 General CME ERROR Codes (Huawei proprietary)
Numeric mode
Verbose mode
65280
call index error
65281
call state error
65282
sys state error
65283
parameters error
65284
spn file wrong
65285
spn file accessed denied
65286
spn file not exist
65287
another SPN query operation still not finished
65289
input value is out of range
65290
amr file header lost
Table 22-3 GPS related CME ERROR Codes (Huawei proprietary)
Numeric mode
Verbose mode
276
GPS function disabled
277
Standalone disabled
278
AGPS disabled
279
gpsOneXTRA disabled
280
Cell-ID disabled
281
Invalid parameter
282
Unable to delete parameters
283
PD session is ongoing
284
PD session is in off status
285
too many parameters
286
invalid server address
287
GPS locked
AT Command Interface Specification
Appendix
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
319
Numeric mode
Verbose mode
288
GPS type not supported
289
MGP receiver is ongoing
22.3 CMS Error List
The following lists the <err> value of CMS ERROR that may be returned by all AT
commands of short messages.
<err> values used by common messaging commands:
Numeric mode
Verbose mode
0-127
3GPP TS 24.011 clause E.2 values
128-255
3GPP TS 23.040 clause 9.2.3.22 values.
300
ME failure
301
SMS service of ME reserved
302
operation not allowed
303
operation not supported
304
invalid PDU mode parameter
305
invalid text mode parameter
310
(U)SIM not inserted
311
(U)SIM PIN required
312
PH-(U)SIM PIN required
313
(U)SIM failure
314
(U)SIM busy
315
(U)SIM wrong
316
(U)SIM PUK required
317
(U)SIM PIN2 required
318
(U)SIM PUK2 required
320
memory failure
321
invalid index
322
memory full
330
SMSC address unknown
AT Command Interface Specification
Appendix
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
320
Numeric mode
Verbose mode
331
no network service
332
network timeout
340
no +CNMA acknowledgement expected
500
unknown error
...511
other values in range 256...511 are reserved
512...
manufacturer specific
22.4 Final Result Code
Final Result Code
No.
Description
OK
0
A command is executed, and there is no
error.
CONNECT
1
A connection is established.
RING
2
An incoming call is originated.
NO CARRIER
3
A connection is terminated.
ERROR
4
There is a common error.
NO DIALTONE
6
There is no dialing tone.
BUSY
7
The peer is busy.
NO ANSWER
8
Timeout occurs when the connection is
complete, and there is no reply.
+CME ERROR: <err>
The error type is specified by <err>.
+CMS ERROR: <err>
It is a short message-related error.
COMMAND NOT
SUPPORT
numeric is not
supported
The command is not supported.
TOO MANY
PARAMETERS
numeric is not
supported
Too many parameters in the issued
command
The final result code is the termination flag of an AT command.
22.5 References
The following list is most of the references for this document.
AT Command Interface Specification
Appendix
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
321
[1] 3GPP TS 22.067
[2] 3GPP TS 22.071
[3] 3GPP TS 22.082
[4] 3GPP TS 22.101
[5] 3GPP TS 22.173
[6] 3GPP TS 23.003
[7] 3GPP TS 23.038
[8] 3GPP TS 23.040
[9] 3GPP TS 23.041
[10] 3GPP TS 23.107
[11] 3GPP TS 23.228
[12] 3GPP TS 23.271
[13] 3GPP TS 24.008
[14] 3GPP TS 24.011
[15] 3GPP TS 25.101
[16] 3GPP TS 25.331
[17] 3GPP TS 27.005
[18] 3GPP TS 27.007
[19] 3GPP TS 27.060
[20] 3GPP TS 29.061
[21] 3GPP TS 31.102
[22] 3GPP TS 31.111
[23] 3GPP TS 36.101
[24] 3GPP TS 36.306
[25] 3GPP TS 44.060
[26] ETSI TS 102.221
[27] ETSI TS 102.223
[28] GSM 07.05
[29] GSM 11.11
[30] GSM MoU SE.13
[31] ITU-T E.212 Annex A
[32] ITU-T Recommendation V.250
[33] ITU-T Recommendation V.42
AT Command Interface Specification
Appendix
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
322
[34] ITU-T T.50: International Reference Alphabet (IRA)
[35] ITU-T V.25 ter
[36] HUAWEI Terminal AT Command Interface Specifications
22.6 Acronyms and Abbreviations
Acronym Or Abbreviation
Full Spelling
3GPP
Third Generation Partnership Project
ACK
Acknowledgement
ADB
Android Debug Bridge
ADC
Analog To Digital Converter
AGNSS
Assisted Global Navigation Satellite System
AGPS
Assisted Global Positioning Systems
AP
Access Point
APN
Access Point Name
ASCII
American Standard Code For Information Interchange
AT
Attention
AUX
Auxiliary
BCD
Binary Coded Decimal
BER
Bit Error Rate
BS
Base Station
CBM
Cell Broadcast Message
CDMA
Code Division Multiple Access
CHAP
Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol
CLI
Calling Line Identification
CLIP
Calling Line Identification Presentation
CLIR
Calling Line Identification Restriction
CP
Content Provider
CPT
Cellular Paging Teleservice
CS
Circuit Switched
CUG
Closed User Group
DCD
Data Carrier Detection
AT Command Interface Specification
Appendix
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
323
Acronym Or Abbreviation
Full Spelling
DCE
Data Circuit-Terminating Equipment
DC-HSPA+
Dual Carrier High Speed Packet Access Plus
DCS
Digital Cellular System
DHCP
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol
DNS
Domain Name Server
DSR
Data Set Ready
DTE
Data Terminal Equipment
DTMF
Dual Tone Multiple Frequency
DTR
DTE Ready
ECM
Ethernet Networking Control Model
EDGE
Enhanced Data Rates For GSM Evolution
EFS
Encrypting File System
EGPRS
Enhanced General Packet Radio Service
EHRPD
Evolved High Rate Packet Data
EMM
EPS Mobility Management
EPS
Evolved Packet System
ERMES
European Radio Messaging System
ESN
Equipment Serial Number
ETSI
European Telecommunication Standards Institute
E-UTRAN
Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network
EVDO
Evolution-Data Optimized
EVPF
Enhanced Validity Period Format
FDN
Fixed Dialing Number
FOTA
Firmware Over-The-Air
FTM
Factory Test Mode
FTP
File Transfer Protocol
GBK
Chinese Internal Code Specification
GERAN
GSM/EDGE Radio Access Network
GGSN
Gateway GPRS Support Node
GLONASS
Global Navigation Satellite System
GMM
GPRS Mobility Management
AT Command Interface Specification
Appendix
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
324
Acronym Or Abbreviation
Full Spelling
GMT
Greenwich Mean Time
GNSS
Global Navigation Satellite System
GPGGA
Global Positioning System Fix Data
GPGSA
GPS DOP And Active Satellites
GPGSV
GPS Satellites In View
GPIO
General-Purpose Input/Output
GPRMC
Recommended Minimum Specific GPS
GPRS
General Packet Radio Service
GPS
Global Position System
GPVTG
GPS Trackmade Good And Ground Speed
GSM
Global System For Mobile Communications
HDR
High Data Rate
HSDPA
High Speed Downlink Packet Access
HSPA
High Speed Packet Access
HSPA+
High Speed Packet Access Plus
HSUPA
High Speed Uplink Packet Access
HTTP
Hypertext Transfer Protocol
IC
Circuit Card
ICCID
Integrated Circuit Card Identity
IMEI
International Mobile Equipment Identity
IMEISV
International Mobile Station Equipment Identity And
Software Version
IMS
IP Multimedia Subsystem
IMSI
International Mobile Subscriber Identity
IMT
International Mobile Telecommunications
IP
Internet Protocol
IRA
International Reference Alphabet
ISDN
Integrated Services Digital Network
ITU-T
International Telecommunication
Union-Telecommunication Standardization Sector
IVS
In Vehicle System
IWF
Interworking Function
AT Command Interface Specification
Appendix
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
325
Acronym Or Abbreviation
Full Spelling
LCS
Location Service
LED
Light Emitting Diode
LGA
Land Grid Array
LPP
LTE Positioning Protocol
LTE
Long Term Evolution
MBIM
Mobile Broadband Interface Model
MCC
Mobile Country Code
MDM
Mobile Device Management
MDN
Mobile Directory Number
ME
Mobile Equipment
MEID
Mobile Equipment Identifier
MIN
Mobile Identification Number
MM
Mobility Management
MNC
Mobile Network Code
MS
Mobile Station
MSC
Mobile Switching Center
MSD
Minimum Set Of Data
MSIN
Mobile Station Identification Number
MSISDN
Mobile Station International ISDN Number
MT
Mobile Terminal
NCM
Network Control Model
NDIS
Network Driver Interface Specification
NDSS
Network Directed System Selection
NI
Network Indicator
NMEA
National Marine Electronics Association
NV
Non-Volatile
OTA
Over The Air
OTASP
Over-The-Air Service Provisioning
PA
Power Amplifier
PAP
Password Authentication Protocol
PC
Personal Computer
AT Command Interface Specification
Appendix
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
326
Acronym Or Abbreviation
Full Spelling
PCCA
Portable Computer And Communications Association
PCM
Pulse-Coded Modulation
PCS
Personal Communications System
PD
Position Determination
PDCP
Packet Data Convergence Protocol
PDP
Packet Data Protocol
PDU
Protocol Data Unit
PH-FSIM
Phone To The Very First Inserted SIM
PIN
Personal Identification Number
PLMN
Public Land Mobile Network
PPP
Point-To-Point Protocol
PS
Packet Switched
PSAP
Public Safety Answering Point
PUK
PIN Unblocking Key
QoS
Quality Of Service
RF
Radio Frequency
RFC
Request For Comments
RI
Ring Indicator
RLP
Radio Link Protocol
RNDIS
Remote Network Driver Interface Specification
ROM
Read Only Memory
RPLMN
Registered Public Land Mobile Network
RRC
Radio Resource Control
RSCP
Received Signal Code Power
RSRP
Reference Signal Received Power
RSRQ
Reference Signal Received Quality
RSSI
Receive Signal Strength Indicator
RUIM
Removable User Identity Module
SAP
Service Access Point
SAR
Specific Absorption Rate
SC
Service Center
AT Command Interface Specification
Appendix
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
327
Acronym Or Abbreviation
Full Spelling
SCA
Service Center Address
SDN
Service Dialing Number
SDU
Service Data Unit
SID
Service Identifier
SIM
Subscriber Identity Module
SINR
Signal To Interference Plus Noise Ratio
SIP
Session Initiation Protocol
SM
Short Message
SMS
Short Message Service
SMSC
Short Message Service Center
SNDCP
Subnetwork Dependent Convergence Protocol
SNR
Serial Number
SNTP
Simple Network Time Protocol
SPN
Service Principal Name
SS
Selective Suspend
SSL
Secure Sockets Layer
STK
SIM Toolkit
SUPL
Secure User Plane Location
SVN
Software Version Number
TA
Terminal Adapter
TAC
Type Approval Code
TCP
Transmission Control Protocol
TD-SCDMA
Time Division Synchronous Code Division Multiple
Access
TE
Terminal Equipment
TLS
Transport Layer Security
TPDU
Transfer Protocol Data Unit
TS
Technical Specification
TTS
Text To Speech
UART
Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter
UCS
Universal Character Set
AT Command Interface Specification
Appendix
Issue 01 (2015-07-24)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
328
Acronym Or Abbreviation
Full Spelling
UDP
User Datagram Protocol
UDUB
User Determined User Busy
UE
User Equipment
UICC
Universal Integrated Circuit Card
UIM
User Identity Module
UMTS
Universal Mobile Telecommunications System
URC
Unsolicited Result Code
URL
Uniform Resource Locator
USAT
USIM Application Toolkit
USB
Universal Serial Bus
USIM
Universal Subscriber Identity Module
USSD
Unstructured Supplementary Service Data
UTC
Coordinated Universal Time
UTRAN
Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network
VP
Validity Period
WCDMA
Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
Wimax
Worldwide Interoperability For Microwave Access
WWAN
Wireless Wide Area Network
XTRA
Extended Receiver Assistance

Navigation menu